SRI BALAJI VIDYAPEETH

Deemed University u/s 3 of UGC Act 1956

Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade
SBV Campus, Pillayarkuppam, Pondicherry – 607 402

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOTHERAPY
Bachelor of Physiotherapy (B.P.T)
Choice Based Credit System

Regulations & Syllabus

August 2019 Onwards

(As Approved in the 28th Academic Council dated

21 st November 2019)

1
 SRI BALAJI VIDYAPEETH
DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY
Declared u/s 3 of the UGC act, 1956
Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade
SBV Campus, Pilayarkuppam.
Pondicherry - 607402. http://sbvu.ac.in/

THE COMPOSITION OF BOARD OF STUDIES

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOTHERAPY - 2019

Sl:no NAME STATUS DESIGNATION/WORKING ADDRESS

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR AND HEAD.

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOTHERAPY.
1 Dr.E. Shanmugananth. PT CHAIR PERSON MAHATMA GANDHI MEDICAL
COLLEGE AND RESEARCH INSTITUTE.
PONDICHERY.

2 Dr. S. Senthil. PT Internal member ASSISTANT PROFESSOR.

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOTHERAPY.
3 Dr. T. Murugaraj. PT Internal member MAHATMA GANDHI MEDICAL
COLLEGE AND RESEARCH INSTITUTE.
4 Dr.V. Velkumar. PT Internal member PONDICHERY
Professor and Principal.
5 Dr. SUPRIYA.K.VINOD. PT External member Mother Theresa college of
physiotherapy.
Pondichery.
Professor and vice principal.
6 Dr. Antony Leo Asser. PT External member Sri Ramachandra college of
physiotherapy.
Porur - Chennai
Asst professor.
7 Dr. Gopal Nambi. S . PT External member Salman bin abdul aziz university.
Saudi Arabia.
Professor & Principal in charge for
Allied Health sciences.
8 Dr. Anbalagan . J Special invitee Faculty of Allied Health Sciences.
Mahatma Gandhi medical college
and research institute.
Pondichery.

2
 INDEX

Sl:no Content Page no

1 Preamble 5
2 Regulation 6
3 Classification of Course 13
4 16
Credits Distribution for all semesters and Internship
5 Scheme of Examination 25
6 BPT I Semester 29
7 BPT II Semester 56
8 BPT III Semester 77
9 BPT IV Semester 105
10 BPT V Semester 121
11 BPT VI Semester 136
12 BPT VII Semester 159
13 BPT VIII Semester 179
14 Generic Elective Courses (Choice Based) 196
15 Model Question Paper 216
16 Annexure 259

3
 BACHELOR OF PHYSIOTHERAPY PROGRAM ACADEMIC YEAR - 2018 ONWARDS

DEFINITION:

‘Physiotherapy’ means a system which includes comprehensive examination,

treatment, advice and instructions to any persons preparatory to or for the purpose of or in

connection with movement/ function and dysfunction, bodily malfunction, physical

disorder, disability, healing and pain from trauma and disease, physical and mental

conditions using

physical agents, activities, and devices including exercise, mobilization, manipulations,

electrical and thermal agents and other electrotherapeutics for prevention, screening,

diagnosis, treatment, health promotion and fitness. (As per the Ministry of Health and

Family Welfare- India)

`Physiotherapist’ assess, plan and implement rehabilitative programs that improve

or restore human motor functions, maximize movement ability, relieve pain syndromes, and

treat or prevent physical challenges associated with injuries, diseases and other

impairments. They apply a broad range of physical therapies and techniques such as

movement, ultrasound,

heating, laser and other techniques. They may develop and implement programs for

screening and prevention of common physical ailments and disorders. (As per the Ministry

of Health and Family Welfare- India)

4
PREAMBLE:

The Bachelor of Physiotherapy (BPT) undergraduate degree course is a 4-year and 6 months

(8 semesters & 6 months internship) fulltime program. The program is generic in nature and

has a component of additional learning of one area leading to another area with choice-

based study to focus the career development based on his/her interest. The program focuses

on overall development of the student including language and soft skill, emergency care and

professional ethics. Psychosomatic aspects of training are a component through all the areas.

Physiotherapists diagnose and manage movement dysfunction and enhance physical and

functional abilities. This physical dysfunction may be the sequel of involvement of any of the

systems like Musculoskeletal, Neurological, Cardiovascular, Respiratory or other body

systems. these practitioners contribute to society and the profession through practice,

teaching, administration, and the discovery and application of new knowledge about

physiotherapy experiences of sufficient excellence and breadth by research to allow the

acquisition and application of essential knowledge, skills, and behaviors as applied to the

practice of physiotherapy

Learning experiences are provided under the guidance and supervision of competent faculty,

in both, classroom as well as in clinic. The designed curriculum will prepare the entry-to-

practice physiotherapist, to be an autonomous, effective, safe and compassionate

professional, who practices collaboratively in a variety of healthcare set ups such as neonatal

to geriatric, from critical care to community fitness to sports training and is responsive to the

current and future needs of the health care system.

5
 NOMENCLATURE:

The course will be referred to as a Bachelor of Physiotherapy (BPT)

1. VISION

Dedicated to impact quality education in the field of physiotherapy, providing evidence

Based physiotherapy care to the community encouraging seeds of research in every
professional aspirant in the institution thereby a route to fulfill the vision of the
university.

2. MISSION

To provide quality education on per with the global standards.

Guide towards research to promote evidence-based physiotherapy practice.
Create awareness and provide quality services to the society and work
towards preventive health.
Update and share existing and new knowledge in the field of physiotherapy
and providing equal opportunity for faculty to update.

OBJECTIVES:

Demonstrate knowledge of the theoretical basis of physical therapy.

Demonstrate clinical competency in evaluation, treatment planning and
implementation. Integrate knowledge of basic sciences and physical in order to
modify treatment approaches that reflect the breadth and scope of
physical therapy practice.
Integrate the use of basic principles of research in critical analysis of concepts and
findings generated by self and others.
Actively recognize the rights and dignity of individuals in planning and
administering programs of care.
Identify with and contribute to the aims and ideas of the
profession. Function as competent physical therapist in
any healthcare setting.
Demonstrate command of knowledge which is necessary to function as an
independent problem solver and learner in the practice environment.

ELIGIBILITY FOR ADMISSION:

A candidate seeking admission in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy program shall be

completing the age of 17 years as on December of the admission year. The candidate shall
have passed the Higher Secondary Examinations conducted by the State Board or the
Central Board or its equivalent.

The candidate should have studied English as one of the papers and passed the same. The
candidate should have Biology, Physics & Chemistry and have passed the same in their
qualifying Examinations.

The candidate should have secured 50 percent as aggregate in the subjects of Biology,
Physics and Chemistry at the Higher Secondary Examinations. The candidates have to
appear for entrance test conducted by the university, and admission followed according
through the merit list obtained by the candidates through the entrance examination
conducted by the university
6
DURATION OF THE PROGRAM:
The duration of certified study for the Bachelor of Physiotherapy program shall be
for four and half years, with eight semesters and six months compulsory internship.

MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION:
English shall be the medium of instruction for all the courses of study and for the examinations

FACULTY/STUDENT RATIO:
The teacher: student ratio should be such that the number of teachers to the number of
students admitted per year is 1:10.

CLINICAL EDUCATION TRAINING OUTLINE OF THE COURSE:

Clinical training comprises all of the formal and practical "real-life" learning
experiences provided for students to apply classroom knowledge and skills in the clinical
environment. Experiences would include those of short and long duration (Supervised Clinical
Education Training & Internships) and those that provide a variety of learning experiences
(e.g. rotations on different units within the same practice setting, rotations between
different practice settings within the health care system) to include comprehensive care of
patients across the life span and related activities. Each student will be under the supervision
of a faculty at the clinical education site who directly instructs and supervises students
during their clinical learning experiences.

ATTENDANCE
A student must have a minimum of 80% attendance to be eligible to take up the
examinations. Only those students who have pursued a regular prescribed course of study
for the semester will be allowed to appear in the University Examinations that are held at
the end of their respective semesters.

Duration of the course

Duration of the course: 4 years or 8 semesters. (Total of 4352 hours in theory, practical
& clinical) and minimum 1008 hours for compulsory rotatory internship (to be
completed in six months duration). Total hours - 5360

Medium of instruction:
English shall be the medium of instruction for all the subjects of study and for
examination of the course.

Commencement of the course -

The course shall commence not later than 1st September of an academic year
Working days during the semester -
Each semester shall consist not less than 100 working days excluding examination days.

Commencement of examination -
University examination will be conducted at the end of each semester.

7
 University Examination Passing Criteria:

Internal evaluation:
The internal assessment is done based on continuous evaluation method. Every semester,
there will be two internal examinations for theory and practical. For the award of internal
marks in theory and practical, the average of the two tests shall be considered along with
other components like attendance, presentations, and assignments. however, Candidate
must obtain at least 40% marks in theory and practical separately in internal assessment to
be eligible for the university examination

University (external) examination:

Every student has to score minimum 50 % of marks to pass in theory and practical
examination (each separately) in final University Examination

Aggregate:
Every student has to have an aggregate score of 50 % marks to pass in the final University
Examination of both the internal and external evaluation of 100 % marks in theory and
practical examination and the grade will be awarded based on the aggregate marks.
.
• Internal assessment (Theory) will be done as follows:
a) Sessional examinations (average mark scored in = 10 marks
internals)
b) Assignments/Projects/class test/Clinical = 05 marks
Presentations
c) Attendance = 05 marks

Total = 20 marks

• Internal assessment (Practical) will be done as follows:

a) Record work = 10 marks
b) Discipline = 05 marks
c) Attendance = 05 marks
Total = 20 marks

Continuous Internal Assessment:

A candidate shall secure a minimum of 40% marks in the Internal Assessment (separately
for Theory and Practical wherever applicable) to become eligible to appear for the
University written examination. If the student fails to secure the minimum required
marks in the I.A. he/she will be detained from appearing for the University examination
in the subject concerned.

However, such candidate shall be permitted to go to the next semester with the condition
that he should improve and obtain a minimum of 40% of marks in I.A. in the subject(s) in
which he/she was detained and qualify himself/herself to appear for the subsequent
University Examination as an arrear subject(s) along with the subjects of the current
semester.

8
 Carryover of semester policy will be as prescribed by the Universities.

Carryover of semester shall be as prescribed by the University. The second semester, fourth
semester & eighth semester were kept as the break semester whereas first. Third, fifth,
sixth, and seventh semester kept as carry semester. However, it is recommended that
students have to clear all the subjects during break semesters.

Carryover subjects of I semester must to be cleared during II Semester examination to enter

second year Carryover subjects of III semester must to be cleared during IV Semester
examination to enter third year Carryover subjects of V, VI, VII semester must to be cleared
during VIII Semester examination to enter internship.

CC/DSE Subjects will have compulsory break during break

semester. GE/AECC /SEC Subjects will be eligible to carryover
till 8th semester

Semester Status Promotion

1. Carry semester Permitted to next semester
2. Break Compulsory have to clear all
semester subjects of 1st & 2nd semester
3. Carry semester Permitted to next semester
Break Compulsory have to clear all
4.
semester subjects of 3rd & 4th semester

5. Carry semester Permitted to next semester

6. Carry semester Permitted to next semester
7. Carry semester Permitted to next semester
Compulsory have to clear all subjects of 5th 6th& 7th
Break
8. semester along with 8th semester to enter
semester
internship training program

Note: CC/DSE will have compulsory break during break semester and GE will be eligible to
carryover till 8th semester, AECC / SEC is an non examination course however all has to be
completed before 8th semester.

Only after passing all the subjects in all semesters he/she will be allowed to undergo internship.

Review of answer papers of failed candidates -

As per the regulations prescribed for review of answer papers by the University.

9
Maximum duration of the program:
Candidates should complete the Bachelor of Physiotherapy degree course within a period of
eight years from the date of joining in the course.

Re-admission after break of study -

All re admissions of candidates are subjected to university regulations / through the approval of
the Vice Chancellor.

Project guide:
Physiotherapy faculties who currently working with minimum 3 years of teaching experience
after MPT shall be appointed as guide for UG project work. The guide student ratio should be
1:7 for each year.

Examiners:

Physiotherapy faculties who currently working with minimum 3 years of full teaching experience
after MPT shall be appointed as examiners as well as for paper evaluation.

SCORING – THE CBCS SYSTEM

Any Program shall run on Choice Based Credit System (CBCS). It is an instructional
package developed to suit the needs of students to keep pace with the developments in higher
education and the quality assurance expected of it in the light of liberalization and globalization
in higher education.

RATIONALE FOR INTRODUCTION OF CBCS:

The UGC while outlining the several unique features of the Choice-Based Credit System (CBCS) has,
in fact, given in a nutshell, the rationale for its introduction. Among the features highlighted by
the UGC are:

Enhanced learning opportunities, ability to match learners‘ scholastic needs

and aspirations, inter-institution transferability of learners (following the
completion of a semester).

Improvement in educational quality and excellence.

Flexibility for working learners to complete the programme over an extended period of
time.

Standardization and comparability of educational programmes across the country,

etc. Some of the specific advantages of using the Credit system as outlined in the
available literature on the topic are as listed below.

Represents a much-required shift in focus from teacher-centric to learner-centric

education since the workload estimated is based on the investment of time in
learning, not in teaching.

Helps to record course work and to document learner workload realistically since all
activities are taken into account - not only the time learners spend in lectures or
seminars but also the time they need for individual learning and the preparation of
examinations etc.
Segments learning experience into calibrated units, which can be accumulated in order
to gain an academic award
10
 Helps self-paced learning. Learners may undertake as many credits as they can cope
with without having to repeat all the courses in a given semester if they fail in one or
more courses.

Alternatively, they can choose other courses and continue

their studies. ‗Learner Autonomy‘.

Makes education more broad-based. One can take credits by combining

unique combinations.

Credits earned at one institution can be transferred to another.

Helps in working out twinning programs.

Is beneficial for achieving more transparency and compatibility between

different educational structures.
A credit system can facilitate recognition procedures as well as
access to higher education for non-traditional learners

GRADING:

The total of the internal evaluation marks and final University examination marks in each
course will be converted to a letter grade on to confirm as per the following scheme as
recommended by UGC:

Letter Grades and Grade Points:

Letter Grades Grade Points % of marks

O+ (Outstanding) 10 85% and above
O Excellent 9 75 - 84
A + (Very Good) 8 65 - 74

A (Good) 7 60 - 64
B+ (Above Average) 6 55 - 59
B (Average pass) 5 50 - 54
F(Reappear) 0 49 and below
Ab (Absent) 0 0

A student obtaining Grade F (or) Grade point ‗0‘shall be considered failed and will be
required to reappear in the examination.

COMPUTATION OF SGPA AND CGPA:

The UGC recommends the following procedure to compute the Semester Grade Point Average
(SGPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA):

The SGPA is the ratio of sum of the product of the number of credits with the grade points
scored by a student in all the courses taken by a student and the sum of the number of credits of
all the courses undergone by a student, i.e.
SGPA (Si) = Σ (Ci x Gi) / ΣCi

where Ci is the number of credits of the ith course and Gi is the grade
point scored by the student in the ith course.

11
 The CGPA is also calculated in the same manner taking into account all the courses undergone
by a student over all the semesters of a programme, i.e.

CGPA = Σ(Ci x Si) / Σ Ci

where Si is the SGPA of the ith semester and Ci is the total number of credits in that
semester. The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and reported in the
transcripts.

Illustration of Computation of SGPA and CGPA and Format for Transcripts

i. Illustration for computation of SGPA for I semester

Course Credit Grade Grade Credit Point
Letter Point (Credit x Grade)
Course 1 7 B+ 7 7X7=49
Course 2 6 A 8 6X8=48
Course 3 3 B 6 3X6=18
Course 4 10 A+ 9 10X9=90
Total 26 205

Thus, SGPA =205/26 =7.884

Illustration for computation of CGPA

Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6
Credit:20 Credit:22 Credit:25 Credit:26 Credit:26 Credit:25
SGPA:6.9 SGPA:7.8 SGPA:5.6 SGPA:6.0 SGPA:6.3 SGPA:8.0

AWARD OF DEGREE :

Every student of the program who fulfils the following criteria will be eligible for the award
of the degree provided
a) He/ She should have earned at least minimum required credits as prescribed
in course structure,
b) He/ She should have cleared all internal and external evaluation
components in every course,
He /She should have successfully completed the internship with project work.
c) He/ She should have secured a minimum CGPA of 5.00 at the end of the program BPT.

AWARD OF CLASS:

The class awarded to a student in the programme is decided by the final

CGPA as per the following
scheme: Distinction: CGPA ≥
9.50 First class: CGPA
of 7 – 8
Second Class: CGPA of 5.00 to 6.99

TRANSCRIPT:

The transcript issued to the student at the time of leaving the University will contain a
consolidated record of all the courses taken, credits earned, grades obtained,
SGPA,CGPA, class obtained, etc.

12
 CLASSIFICATION OF COURSE IN BPT PROGRAM: CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

DICIPLINE GENERIC
ABILITY ENHANCEMENT SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SEM CORE COURSE (CC) SPECIFIC ELECTIVE
COMPULSORY COURSE (AE) COURSE (SE)
ELECTIVE (DE) (GE)
1. Psychology &
1. Anatomy-I
Sociology 1. Introduction To Healthcare Delivery
1
System In India
2. Physiology-I
2. Biochemistry

2. English & Communication Skills

3.Orientation In Physiotherapy

1.Anatomy – II
1. Exercise 1.Introduction To Quality And Patient 1.First Aid And
2 2.Physiology –II
Physiology Safety, Biomedical, Control, Etc. Emergency Nursing
3.Exercise Therapy-I

1.Natural Disaster
3 1.Exercisetherapy-II 1.Environmental Science
Management
2.Kinesiology-I
3.Electrotherapy-I

4.Pathology, Microbiology And

Pharmacology
1. Kinesiology-II
1.Basiccomputer And Informative
4
Sciences.
2. Electrotherapy-II

3.General Medicine, Pediatrics

2. Collaboration In Physiotherapy Practice
And Psychiatry

1. General Surgery Including Burns 1.Community

5
And Plastic Surgery Medicine
2. Clinical Orthopedics&
Traumatology

3. Clinical Obstetrics And Gynecology

And Its Physiotherapy Management

13
CLASSIFICATION OF COURSE IN BPT PROGRAM: CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

SEM CORE COURSE (CC) DICIPLINE SPECIFIC GENERIC ABILITY ENHANCEMENT SKILL ENHANCEMENT
ELECTIVE (DE) ELECTIVE COMPULSORY COURSE (AE) COURSE (SE)
(GE)

1. Clinical
Neurology And
Neurosurgery
1.Medical / 1. Yoga In Physiotherapy
2. Clinical
Cardiovascular And
6 Physiotherapy
Respiratory Conditions
Law & Ethics 2. Ergonomics And Occupational Health
3. Physiotherapy
In
Orthopedics And Sports
1.Biostatistics &
1.Physiotherapy In Neurology & 1. Diagnostic Imaging
7 Research 1.Professionalism And Values
Psychosomatic Disorder For Physiotherapist
Methodology
2.Physiotherapy In Cardiovascular , 2. Community
Respiratory Conditions & Intensive Based
Care Rehabilitation
1.Bioengineering In
1. Advanced Physical And
Physiotherapy
Functional Diagnosis
8 2.Clinical Reasoning
And Evidence Base
2. Research Project
Physiotherapy

14
 GENERIC ELECTIVE COURSES

SUBJECT
SL: No YEAR CODE Electives

GE - 01 BASIC SCIENCE

GE - 02 HOSPITAL LAWS
1. 1st and 2nd semester

GE - 03 HOSPITAL SAFETY AND MANAGEMENT

GE - 04 BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE

GE - 05 DIET AND NUTRITION

2. 3rd and 4th semester

GE - 06 HEALTH AND WELLNESS

GE - 07 ENTERPRENEURSHIP IN PHYSIOTHERAPY
3. 5th semester
GE - 08 LEADERSHIP IN PHYSIOTHERAPY

GE - 09 ACCUPUNTURE

4. 7th and 8th semester GE - 10 DIABETIC EDUCATION

GE - 11 INTEGUMENTARY PHYSICAL THERAPY

Note: Candidates can choose any one elective in each semester given in the prescribed year .

15
 FIRST SEMESTER

Course Teaching scheme Examination scheme

code
Contact hours Theory Practical Total
Subject

Total Externa l
L P Credit Internal Internal External
hours

SBVPT -
CC Anatomy – 1 48 96 3+3 144 20 80 20 80 200
101

SBVPT -
CC Physiology – 1 96 - 6 96 20 80 100
102

SBVPT - General Psychology &

DE 96 - 6 96 20 80 100
103 Sociology

SBVPT -
DE Biochemistry 64 - 4 64 20 80 100
104

SBVPT - To be chosen by the

GE 48 - 3 48 20 80 100
105 * Student

SBVPT – Introduction to
AE 106 healthcare delivery 32 NC 32
system in India

SBVPT - English and

AE 32 NC 32
107 communication skills

SBVPT -
AE Orientation in physiotherapy 32 NC 32
108

Total 25 544 600

16
 SECOND SEMESTER

Course Subject Teaching scheme Examination scheme

code
Contact hours Theory Practical Total

Externa l
L P Credit Total Internal Internal External
hours

CC SBVPT - Anatomy – II 48 96 3+3 144 20 80 20 80 200

201

CC SBVPT - Physiology – II 96 6 96 20 80 100

202

CC SBVPT - Exercise therapy - I 48 96 3+3 144 20 80 20 80 200

203

DE SBVPT - Exercise physiology 64 4 64 20 80 100

204
SBVPT – 205
GE * To be chosen by the 48 3 48 20 80 100
student

Introduction to quality and

patient safety, biomedical
waste management, infection
SBVPT – 207 prevention and control
AE 24 NC 24
SBVPT - 206
SE First aid and emergency 24 NC 24
nursing

Total 25 544 700

17
 THIRD SEMESTER

Course Subject Teaching scheme Examination scheme

code
Contact hours Theory Practical Total

Externa l
L P Credit Total Internal Internal External
hours

CC SBVPT – Exercise therapy - II 48 96 3+3 144 20 80 20 80 200

301

CC SBVPT - Kinesiology – I 80 5 80 20 80 100

302

CC SBVPT - Electro therapy - I 32 64 2+2 96 20 80 20 80 200

303

CC SBVPT - Pathology , Micro 80 5 80 20 80 100

304 biology and
Pharmacology

GE SBVPT - To be chosen by the 48 3 48 20 80 100

305 * student

SE SBVPT - Natural disaster NC 48

306 management 16 32
SBVPT - 307
AE Environmental science 48 NC 48

Total 23 544 700

18
 FOURTH SEMESTER

Course Subject Teaching scheme Examination scheme

code
Contact hours Theory Practical Total

L P Credit Total Internal External Internal External

hours

CC SBVPT – Kinesiology – II 80 5 80 20 80 100

401

CC SBVPT - Electro therapy - II 48 96 3+3 144 20 80 20 80 200

402

CC SBVPT - General medicine, 80 5 80 20 80 100

Pediatrics and
403 psychiatry

GE SBVPT - To be chosen by the 48 3 48 20 80 100

404 * student

AE SBVPT - Basic computer and 32 NC 32

405 informative science
SBVPT - Collaboration in
AE 406 physiotherapy practice 32 NC 32

CR SBVPT - Clinical education - I 128 4 128 100 100

407

Total 23 544 600

19
 FIFTH SEMESTER

Course Subject Teaching scheme Examination scheme

code
Contact hours Theory Practical Total

L P Credit Total Internal External Internal External

hours

CC SBVPT - General Surgery 80 5 80 20 80 100

501 including burns and
plastic surgery

CC SBVPT - Clinical Orthopedics & 80 5 80 20 80 100

502 Traumatology

CC SBVPT - Clinical Obstetrics and 48 96 3+3 144 20 80 20 80 200

503 Gynecology and its
Physiotherapy
Management
SBVPT - 504 To be chosen by the
GE * student 48 3 48 20 80 100
SBVPT - 505 Medical /Physiotherapy Law
AE & ethics 64 64

CR SBVPT – Clinical education - II 128 4 128 100 100

506

Total 23 544 600

20
 SIXTH SEMESTER

Course Subject Teaching scheme Examination scheme

code
Practica l
Contact hours Theory Total
Externa l Externa l
L P Credit Total Internal Internal
hours

CC SBVPT - Clinical neurology and 80 5 80 20 80 100

601 neurosurgery

CC SBVPT - Clinical cardiovascular 80 5 80 20 80 100

602 and Respiratory
conditions

CC SBVPT - Physiotherapy in 32 64 2+2 96 20 80 20 80 200

Orthopedics & sports injuries
603

DE SBVPT - Community Medicine 64 4 64 20 80 100

604

AE SBVPT - Yoga in physiotherapy 48 NC 48

605

SBVPT - 606 Ergonomics and

AE occupational health 48 NC 48

CR SBVPT – Clinical education - III 128 4 128 100 100

607

Total 22 544 600

21
 SEVENTH SEMESTER

Course Subject Teaching scheme Examination scheme

code
Practica l
Contact hours Theory Total

L P Credit Total Internal extern Interna Externa

hours al l l

CC SBVPT - Physiotherapy in 32 64 2+2 96 20 80 20 80 200

701 Neurology &
psychosomatic
disorder

CC SBVPT - Physiotherapy In 32 64 2+2 96 20 80 20 80 200

702 Cardiovascular and
Respiratory Conditions

Research methodology &

DE SBVPT - biostatistics 64 4 64 20 80 100
703
SBVPT - 704 Community based
DE rehabilitation 64 4 64 20 80 100

GE SBVPT - To be chosen by the 48 3 48 20 80 100

705 * student

SE SBVPT - Diagnostic imaging for 48 NC 48

707 Physiotherapist

CR SBVPT – Clinical education - IV 128 4 128 100 100

708

Total 23 544 800

22
 EIGHTH SEMESTER

Course Subject Teaching scheme Examination scheme

code
Practica l
Contact hours Theory Total
Externa l
L P Credit Total Internal Internal External
hours

CC SBVPT - Advanced physical and 32 64 2+2 96 20 80 20 80 200

801 functional diagnosis
Bioengineering in
DE SBVPT - physiotherapy 64 4 64 20 80 100
802

DE SBVPT - Clinical reasoning and 48 3 48 20 80 100

803 evidence base
physiotherapy

GE SBVPT - To be chosen by the 48 3 48 20 80 100

804 * student

DE SBVPT - Research project 64 2 64 20 80 100

805
SBVPT -
AE 806 Professionalism and values 32 NC 32

CR SBVPT – Clinical education - V 192 6 192 100 100

807

Total 22 544 700

23
 INTERNSHIP PERIOD

COURSE TRAINING TOTAL

SL NO CODE HOURS CREDIT HOURS

1 SBVPT – 901 INTERNSHIP 26 WEEKS 45 1440

OVERALL TEACHING HOURS AND CREDIT POINT

186 4352

OVERALL TRAINING HOURS, TRAINING HOURS AND

CREDIT POINT 231 5792

Credit points: 16 hours of theory = 1 credit,

32 hours of practical = 1 credit,
32 hours of clinical = 1 credit.
NC-Non credit courses

24
 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION - BPT FIRST SEMESTER

Theory Marks
Total
Duration= 3 Hrs Practical mark
Sr.N Subject Marks
o Subject Code Total Total
Internal External Internal External
Aggregate Aggregate
min max min max min max min max min max min max

1. Anatomy - I SBVPT -101 08 20 40 80 50 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200

2. Physiology - I SBVPT -102 08 20 40 80 50 100 100

General
Psychology SBVPT -103
3. & 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
Sociology

4. Biochemistry SBVPT -104 08 20 40 80 50 100 100

SBVPT -
5. Generic 105* 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
Elective
Total 600

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION - BPT SECOND SEMESTER

Theory Marks
Total
Duration= 3 Hrs Practical mark
Sr.N Subject
Subject Code Total Total
Internal External Internal External
Aggregate
min max min max max min max min max min max

1. Anatomy - II SBVPT -201 08 20 40 80 50 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200

2. Physiology - SBVPT -202 08 20 40 80 100 100

II

3. Exercise SBVPT -203 08 20 40 80 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200

Therapy - I

4. Exercise SBVPT -204 08 20 40 80 100 100

SBVPT -
5. Generic 205* 08 20 40 80 100 100
Elective

Total

25
 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION - BPT THIRD SEMESTER

Theory Marks
Total
Duration= 3 Hrs Practical mark
Sr.N Subject Marks
o Subject Code Total Total
Internal External Internal External
Aggregate Aggregate
min max min max min max min max min max min max

1. Exercise SBVPT -301 08 20 40 80 50 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200

therapy - II

2. Kinesiology – I SBVPT -302 08 20 40 80 50 100 100

3. Electrotherapy SBVPT -303 08 20 40 80 50 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200

-I

Pathology ,
Micro biology
4. and SBVPT -304 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
Pharmacology
SBVPT -
5. Generic 305* 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
Elective
Total 700

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION - BPT FOURTH SEMESTER

Theory Marks
Total
Duration= 3 Hrs Practical mark
Sr.N Marks
Subject Code
o Subject Total Total
Internal External Internal External
Aggregate Aggregate
min max min max min max min max min max min max

1. Kinesiology – II SBVPT -401 08 20 40 80 50 100 100

2. Electro therapy - II SBVPT -402

08 20 40 80 50 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200
General medicine,
Pediatrics and
SBVPT -403
3. psychiatry 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
SBVPT -
4. Generic Elective 404* 08 20 40 80 50 100 100

5. Clinical education-I SBVPT -407 50 100 50 100 100

Total 600

26
 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION - BPT FIFTH SEMESTER
Theory Marks
Total
Duration= 3 Hrs Practical mark
Sr.N Subject Marks
o Subject Code Total Total
Internal External Internal External
Aggregate Aggregate
min max min max min max min max min max min max

1. General Surgery including burns

and plastic surgery SBVPT -
08 20 40 80 50 100 100
501

2. Clinical Orthopedics & SBVPT -

Traumatology 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
502

Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology

3.
and its Physiotherapy Management SBVPT -
503 08 20 40 80 50 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200

SBVPT -
4.Community medicine 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
504
SBVPT -
5.Generic elective 505* 08 20 40 80 50 100 100

SBVPT - 100
6.Clinical education-II 50 100 50 100
506
Total 700

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION - BPT SIXTH SEMESTER

Theory Marks
Total
Duration= 3 Hrs Practical mark
Sr.N Subject Marks
o Subject Code Total Total
Internal External Internal External
Aggregate Aggregate
min max min max min max min max min max min max
Clinical neurology and
1. neurosurgery
SBVPT - 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
601

Clinical cardiovascular and

2.
Respiratory conditions SBVPT - 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
602
Physiotherapy in SBVPT -
Orthopedics & sports injuries
3. 603 08 20 40 80 50 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200

Medical /Physiotherapy Law &

4. ethics
SBVPT - 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
604

5. Clinical education-III SBVPT - 50 100 50 100 100

607
Total 600

27
 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION - BPT SEVENTH SEMESTER
Theory Marks
Total
Duration= 3 Hrs Practical mark
Sr. Subject Marks
No Subject Code Total Total
Internal External Internal External
Aggregate Aggregate
min max min max min max min max min max min max

Physiotherapy in neurology and

psychosomatic disorder SBVPT - 08
1. 20 40 80 50 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200
701

Physiotherapy in cardiovascular
and respiratory conditions SBVPT - 08
2. 20 40 80 50 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200
702

Research methodology and

3. biostatistics SBVPT - 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
703

Community based
4. rehabilitation SBVPT - 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
704

5. Generic elective SBVPT - 08 20 40 80 50 100 100

705*

6. Clinical education-IV SBVPT - 50 100 50 100 100

706
Total 800

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION - BPT EIGHTH SEMESTER

Theory Marks
Total
Duration= 3 Hrs Practical mark
Sr.N Marks
Subject Code
o Subject Total Total
Internal External Internal External
Aggregate Aggregate
min max min max min max min max min max min max

Advanced physical
1. SBVPT -801
and functional Diagnosis 08 20 40 80 50 100 08 20 40 80 50 100 200

Bio-engineering in physiotherapy SBVPT -802

2. 08 20 40 80 50 100 100

Clinical reasoning and

evidence base physiotherapy SBVPT -803 08 20 40 80 50 100 100
3.

SBVPT - 804*
4. Generic elective 08 20 40 80 50 100 100

5. Research project SBVPT -805 08 20 40 80 50 100 100

6. Clinical education-V SBVPT -806 50 100 50 100 100

Total 700

28
I-SEMESTER

29
 ANATOMY –I COURSE CODE : SBVPT – 101

Didactic-48 hrs, Pratical-96 hrs =Total-144 hrs

1. HUMAN ANATOMY 1

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
The major focus of this course is an in-depth study and analysis of the basic elements of
human anatomy, embryology, formation and types of bones, muscles and joints. Emphasis is placed upon
structure and function of human movement concerned with upper limb, lower limb, thorax, abdomen and
pelvis. A comprehensive study of human anatomy with emphasis on the respiratory system and cardio
vascular systems are incorporated. Introduction to general anatomy lays the foundation of the course.
Dissection and identification of structures in the cadaver supplemented with the study of charts,
models, prosecuted material and radiographs are utilized to identify anatomical landmarks and
configurations of the upper limb, thoracic region, lower limb, abdomen pelvis.

Learning Objective
Cognitive
At the end of the training, the student should be able to –
1. Describe the gross anatomy of the human body and correlate the knowledge
of structure and function of thorax, abdomen, pelvis, upper limb and lower
limb.
2. Describe the cross section anatomy of the human body and correlate the
knowledge of structure and function.
3. Interpret the anatomical basic of symptoms and signs of clinical
conditions related to of thorax, abdomen, pelvis upper limb and lower
limb.
4. Describe the formation and maturation of various systems in the body.
5. Describe the anatomical structure and clinical aspects of cardio vascular and respiratory
system.
Psychomotor
At the end of the training, the student should be able to –
1. Dissect and demonstrate organelles of thorax, abdomen, pelvis, upper limb and lower
limb.
2. Demonstrate surface landmarks and living anatomy pertaining to muscle
power, testing of nerves and palpating vessels.
3. Prepare and deliver lectures on various topics of human anatomy using audio – visualaids.
4. Present paper / poster in conference emphasizing on the anatomy and clinical anatomy.
Affective Domain
At the end of training the student should be able to correlate the
knowledge of anatomy and its relevance in the physiotherapy

profession
30
 Practical/
Didactic
S.No Topics Laboratory Total
hours
hours hours

1 INTRODUCTION 02 - 02
2 GENERAL EMBRYOLOGY 02 02 04
3 TISSUES 01 02 03
INTRODUCTION TO
4 02 05 07
BONES(OSTEOLOGY)

INTRODUCTION TO
5 02 04 06
JOINTS(ARTHROLOGY)

INTRODUCTION TO
6 02 04 06
MUSCLES(MYOLOGY)

7 UPPER EXTREMITY 10 24 34
8 LOWER EXTREMITY 10 26 36
9 RESPIRATORY SYSTEM 04 06 10
10 CARDIO VASCULAR SYSTEM 04 06 10
11 THORAX 04 08 12
12 ABDOMEN & PELVIS 05 09 14
Total 48 96 144

31
 SYLLABUS

Practical/
Didactic Total
Laboratory
S. No Topics hours hours
hours
1 INTRODUCTION 02 - 02

Define anatomy and its subdivisions

Name the regions, cavities and systems of the body
Define anatomical positions and anatomical
terms
Development of limbs-Axial and appendicular
skeleton

2 GENERAL EMBRYOLOGY 02 02 04

Define a cell
Mention shape, size and parts of a cell Reproduction
of cells
Review of Mitosis, Meioses, chromosomes and Genes
Process, organization and gestational period of
human embryo
Nutrition of embryo Development of
various systems.

3 TISSUES 01 02 03
Types of Tissues
Classify Microscopic structure of epithelial connective,
muscular, nervous tissue
Appendages of skin.

4 INTRODUCTION TO BONES (OSTEOLOGY) 02 05 07

Define skeleton
Mention subdivisions, Name the bones in each subdivisions,
number of bones
Classify the bones with examples
Define ossification, types of ossification with examples.

5 INTRODUCTION TO JOINTS(ARTHROLOGY) 02 04 06

Define joint or articulation.

Classify joints with examples, individual articulations
and bones.
Basic feature of synovial joints
Define the axis and movements possible in a synovial
joint
Define range of movement and limiting factors
Indicate the blood supply and nerve supply Define
stability of joint
Chief muscles producing movement in all individual joints
and applied anatomy
6 INTRODUCTION TO MUSCLES(MYOLOGY) 02 04 06
Define a skeletal muscle, fascia, tendon, aponeurosis.
Classify skeletal muscles with examples and action of
skeletal muscles and applied anatomy

32
 UPPER EXTREMITY
7 10 24 34

Pectoral region

Features of pectoral region.

sternum, clavicle, scapula, and humerus- borders, surfaces
Muscles of pectoral region-
origin, insertion, supply and Action

Scapular region

Features of region
Bony landmarks of scapula, humerus and clavicle.
Muscles of region-origin, insertion, nerve supply, action

Axilla.

Identify boundaries and contents of axilla

Branches of axillary artery
Identify and illustrate the formation of brachial plexus.
Shoulder girdle
features and function of the joints
movements of scapula
Muscles of shoulder girdle articular disc and ligaments.

Shoulder Joint
Type , articular surface and ligaments of shoulder joint, movements of
shoulder joint
muscles producing the movements and
limiting factors
blood and nerve supply of the joint Upper arm
identify borders, surfaces of humerus
Muscles at front and back of upper arm
Identify course, relation and distribution of Radial and Musculocutaneous
nerve, applied anatomy

Elbow Joint

Type, articular surface and ligaments

movements possible and muscles producing the movements
factors for stability and limiting factors
Carrying angle, cubitus varus and Valgus, applied anatomy

Forearm, Wrist and Hand

Features of radius, ulna, carpal, metacarpal bones and phalanges.

Muscles of front and back of the forearm- origin, insertion, nerve supply
and action, Movements and muscles producing these movements.
Identify course, relation and distribution of median, ulnar and radial
nerves Blood and nerve supply
Prehension, types of grip Lymphatic drainage and location of lymph
nodes in upper limb.
Identify cutaneous nerves and illustrate the areas of their distribution,
dermatomes, applied anatomy

33
8 LOWER EXTREMITY 10 26 36
Features of hip bone, femur, tibia, fibula and patella.

Anterior Thigh
Muscles in front of thigh-origin, insertion, nerve supply and
action
Mention the boundaries and contents of femoral triangle and
sub sartorial canal
Indicate the position, course and distribution of femoral nerve
Indicate the course and main branches of femoral artery and
mention the blood supply of
neck of femur
Indicate the position of femoral vein, applied anatomy

Medial Thigh
Name and identify the muscles of the medial side of thigh.
Mention their origin, insertion, nerve supply and action
Indicate the course, relations and distribution of Obturator
nerve , applied anatomy

Posterior Thigh
Identify and mention the position, origin, insertion, nerve
supply and action of the hamstring muscles.
Indicate the position, course, relation and distribution of
sciatic nerve

Gluteal Region
Identify and mention the position, origin, insertion, nerve
supply and action of the muscles.
Name and mention the position and course and relations of the
nerves and arteries, applied anatomy

Hip joint
Mention the type, articular surface and ligaments.
Define the movement and name the chief muscles producing
the movements
Mention the blood supply, nerve supply,
factor for stability and limiting factors,
Applied anatomy

Knee joint
Mention the type, articular surfaces and ligaments.
Define the movement and name the chief muscles for the
movements
Analyze the movements
Know the blood supply and nerve supply
Indicate applied anatomy
Define locking and unlocking of the joint
Popliteal fossa - Indicate the boundaries and contents
Mention the position and branches of tibial and common
peroneal nerves, applied anatomy

34
Front of Leg and Dorsum of foot
Name and identify the tarsal bones, metatarsal bones and
phalanges in an articulated foot
Name and identify the muscles
Mention the positions, origin, insertion, nerve, supply and
action of the muscles
Position and distribution of deep peroneal nerve
Indicate the position and attachment of extensor retinaculae
Mention and identify the features of the tibia and fibula,
applied anatomy

Lateral side of leg

Name and identify the muscles
Mention the position, origin, insertion, nerve supply and action
of muscles
State the position, course and distribution of superficial
peroneal nerve
State the position and attachment of peroneal retinaculae,
applied anatomy

Back of leg and sole of foot

Name and identify the features of the bones of the foot. Name
and identify the muscles of back of leg. Mention the position,
arrangement, origin, insertion, nerve supply and action of the
muscles.

State the position course and distribution of tibial artery. State

the position, and distribution of posterior tibial artery. Mention
the position, and attachment of flexor retinaculum.

Mention the arrangement, origin, insertion,

nerve supply and action of muscles of the foot
Indicate the type of formation, and factors for the
maintenance of the arch of foot.

Mention the type, articular surface, ligaments, movements,

chief muscles for the movement. Axis of movements and
applied anatomy of tibiofibular joints, ankle joints, subtalar
joints, metatarsophalangeal joints and Interphalangeal joints.
Palpate and identify the tendons around the ankle and dorsum
of foot, applied anatomy

Nerves

Indicate the position, formation and branches of lumbar and

sacral plexuses
Mention the root value of the nerves. Mention the position,
course, relation and distribution of the nerves
injury to the nerves. Illustrate cutaneous innervation of
dermatomes.

Blood vessels

Indicate the position of arteries and their main branches

Indicate the position of veins and their main tributaries
Indicate the position of lymph nodes, applied
Anatomy

35
9 RESPIRATORY SYSTEM 04 06 10

Parts of respiratory system with basic functional

Anatomy
Position extent of bronchi, bronchioles and lungs
Arrangement & Microscopic structure of parietal pleura
Extent of trachea
Distinguishing feature of the right and the left lung– border
and surfaces
Name the bronchopulmonary segments Mechanics of
respiration & diaphragm,
applied anatomy

10 CARDIO VASCULAR SYSTEM 04 06 10

Position of heart – chambers, borders, valves of Heart

Identify – aorta, pulmonary vessels, venacava
Blood supply and nerve supply of heart

Myocardium and its functions

Coronary artery and coronary system
Conductive system of heart Microscopic structure of blood
vessels Myocardial infarction and prognosis, Applied anatomy
11 THORAX 04 08 12

Define thoracic wall & thoracic cavity

Thoracic vertebrae – features
Sternum – deformities and clinical
implications
Ribs & joints of thorax
Phrenic nerves
Intercostal space & contents, applied
anatomy
12 ABDOMEN & PELVIS 05 09 14
Define Lumbar & sacral Vertebra
Pelvis – distinguish between male & female pelvis
Articular surfaces, Ligaments and movements
of joints of pelvis
Layer of muscles forming the abdominal wall
Origin, Insertion, Nerve supply and Action of muscle
Inguinal canal – Position, extent, formation
and contents
Define inguinal hernia and its clinical implications.
Formation and location of Lumbar plexus –
its branches
Branches and distribution of abdominal aorta
& iliac arteries
Identify muscles of pelvic floor and mention their
attachments, actions & nerve supply, applied anatomy

Total 48 96 144

36
PRACTICALS
1. Upper extremity including surface Anatomy
2. Lower extremity including surface Anatomy
3. Identification of body prominences on inspection and by palpation especially of
extremities
4. Thorax including surface anatomy, abdominal muscles joints
5. Histology-Elementary tissue including surface Anatomy
6. Embryology-models, charts & X-rays
7. Demonstration of the muscles of the whole body and organs in thorax and abdomen.
8. Demonstration of movements in important joints.
9. Surface making of the lung, pleura, fissures and lobes of lungs, heart, liver, spleen,
Kidney.

PRACTICAL LECTURE

 Learning through charts models and specimens.

 Identification and location of systems in models and cadaver
 Location of anatomical parts in dissected cadaver
 Identification of specimens

Recommended Text books:

1. Gray‗s anatomy 37th edition edited by – Peter L. Williams, Mary Dyson

2. 2.Text book of human anatomy by T.S. Ranganath
3. SNELL [ Richard S], Clinical Anatomy for Medical students : Ed. 6. Little
Brown andCompany Boston. 1995, p898
4. B.D Chaurasia‗s Human Anatomy – Regional And Applied; Volume I, Volume Ii And
VolumeIii.
5. MOORE [Kieth L], Clinically Oriented Anatomy. Ed.3., Williams and
Wilkins, Baltimore,1992, p917
6. DATTA[A.K], Essentials of human Anatomy: Thorax and Abdomen Ed 2.
Vol. I Current Book International, Culcutta 1994, p433,
7. SINGH [Inderbir], Text book of Anatomy with colour atlas:
Introduction, Osteology, UpperExtremity, Lower Extremity. Vol
I. P Brothers, New Delhi 1996,
8. SINGH [Inderbir], Text book of Anatomy with colour Atlas: Thorax
and Abdomen. Vol II. JPBrothers, New Delhi 1996, SINGH
[Inderbir],Human Osteology. JP Brothers, New Delhi 1990,p191

PRACTICALS

1. ROMANES [ G J], Cunningham manual of practical anatomy: upper and

lower limbed 15Vol 1 Oxford Medical Publication, Oxford 1996, P263,
2. ROMANES [G J], Cunningham manual of practical anatomy : Thorax and
abdomen ed15 Vol II Oxford Medical Publication, Oxford 1996, P298

37
 SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the
syllabus

Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks Q2-Essay-15 Marks 30

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 10 questions- 5 marks each 30

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions 10x2=20 10 questions- 2 marks each 20

Total 80

PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks Maximum Marks

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks) for both theory and practical separately.

Internal assessment given for Theory and Practical follows as per University pattern

38
 PHYSIOLOGY I COURSE CODE : SBVPT - 102

Didactic 96 hrs

COURSE DESCRIPTION

The course along with the anatomy forms the fundamental basis for every
physiotherapy professional. The course is designed to study the function of the human body
at the molecular, cellular, tissue and systems levels. The major emphasis is placed on
general physiology, physiology of exercise and applied physiology. The general physiology
focus on blood, nerve muscle function, cardiovascular and respiratory system. The applied
physiology focus on the functions and dysfunctions of cardio respiratory system, nervous
system and muscular system

S.NO TOPIC Didactic Practical/ Total

hours Laboratory hours
hours
1 General Physiology 35 35
2 Physiology of exercise 17 17
3 Applied physiology 20 20
4 Reproductive System 12 12
5 Digestive System 12 12
TOTAL 96 96

Learning Objectives

 To know about the principles related to maintenance of body equilibrium and composition.
 To understand the basic mechanism operating across the biological membrane.
 To understand the functional mechanisms of cardio respiratory system, nervous system and
muscular system.
 To understand interaction and integration of cardio respiratory system, nervous system and
muscular system in health and diseases.
 To understand the influence of various environmental factors including personal stressors like
exercise on various systems.
 At the end of training the student should be able to -

 The student should be able to correlate the knowledge of physiology and its relevance in the
physiotherapy profession

39
S.N Didactic Total
TOPIC
O hours hours
1 General Physiology 35 35
Cell
Morphology: Organelles: their structure and functions.
Transport Mechanisms across the cell membrane Body fluids:
Distribution, composition. Tissue fluid – formation

Blood

Introduction: Composition and functions of blood. Plasma:

Composition, formation, functions.
Plasma proteins, RBC: count and its variations. Erythropoiesis-stages,
factorsregulating.
Reticulo-endothelialsystem (in brief) Haemoglobin - Anaemia (in
detail), types of Jaundice. Blood
WBC: Classification., Morphology, functions, indices, PCV, ESR. count,
its variation of each Immunity Platelets: Morphology, functions,
count,its variations.
Hemostatic mechanisms: Blood coagulation factors, mechanisms. Their
disorders. Anticoagulants.
Blood Groups: Landsteiner‗s law. Types, significance, determination,
Erythroblastosisfoetalis.
Blood Transfusion: Cross matching. Indications and complications. Lymph:
Composition, formation, circulation and functions.

Nerve Muscle Physiology

Introduction: Resting membrane potential. Action potential – ionic basis
and properties. Nerve: Structure and functions of neurons.
Classification, Properties and impulse transmission of nerve fibres.
Nerve injury – degeneration and regeneration.
Neuroglia: Types and functions.
Muscle: Classification. Skeletal muscle: Structure. Neuromuscular
junction: Structure of Neuromuscular transmission, myasthenia
gravis.Excitation- Contraction coupling.Rigormortis.
Motor unit. Properties of skeletal muscles, Strength- Duration curve,
Length-tension relationship, fatigue, load.
Smooth muscle: Structure, types, mechanism of contraction. Plasticity

Cardiovascular System
Introduction: Physiological anatomy and nerve supply of the heart and
blood vessels. Organisation of CVS. Cardiac muscles: Structure. Ionic
basis of action potential and pacemaker potential,Properties.
Conducting system: Components. Impulse conduction Cardiac
Cycle:Definition. Phases of cardiac cycle.Pressure and volume curves.
Heart sounds – causes, character.
ECG: Definition. Different types of leads. Waves and their causes.P-R
interval.Heart block. Cardiac Output: Definition. Normal
value.Determinants.Stroke volume and its regulation.Heart rate and its
regulation. Their variations
Arterial Blood Pressure: Definition. Normal values and its
variations.Determinants.Peripheralresistance.Regulation of
BP. Arterial pulse, Shock – Definition. Classification–causes and
features , Regional Circulation: Coronary, Cerebral and
Cutaneous circulation Cardiovascular changes during exercise

Respiratory System
Introduction: Physiological anatomy –Pleura,tracheo-

40
 bronchialtree,alveolus,respiratorymembrane and their nerve supply.
Functions of respiratory system.Respiratory muscles Mechanics of
breathing: Intra pleural and Intrapulmonary Pressure changes during
respiration. Chest expansion. Lung compliance
Normal value, pressure-volume curve, factors affecting compliance and
its variations.
Surfactant – Composition, production, functionsRDS Spirometry: Lung
volumes and capacities.
Timedvitalcapacityanditsclinicalsignificance,Maximumventilat
ionvolume,Respiratory minute volume.Dead Space: Types and their
definition
Pulmonary Circulation.Ventilation-perfusion
ratio and its importance
Transport of respiratory gases: Diffusion acrossthe respiratory
membrane. Oxygen transport –
Differentforms,oxygen-haemoglobindissociationcurve. Factorsaffectingit.
P50,Haldane and Bohr effect. Carbon dioxidetransport: Different forms,
chloride shift.
Regulation of Respiration: Neural RegulationHering-
breuer‗sreflex.Voluntarycontrol.Chemical RegulationHypoxia: Effects
of hypoxia.
Typesofhypoxia.Hyperbaricoxygentherapy.
AcclimatizationHypercapnoea.Asphyxia. Cyanosis – types andfeatures.
Dysbarism
Disorders of Respiration: Dyspnoea. Orthopnoea.
Hyperpnoea, hyperventilation, apnoea,tachypnoea. periodic breathing –
types Artificial
RespirationRespiratory changes during exercise.

2 Physiology of exercise 17 17
Effects of acute and chronic exercise on
1) O2 transport
2) Muscle strength/power/endurance
3) B.M.R./R.Q
4) Hormonal and metabolic effect
5) Cardiovascular system
6) Respiratory system
7) Body fluids and electrolyte
B. Effect of gravity / altitude /acceleration pressure on
physical parameters
C. Physiology of Age
3 Applied physiology 20 20
CVS
The heart and circulation Determinants of cardiac
performance
1. Normal& Abnormal E.C.G.
2. Maintenance of blood pressure
3. Cardiac arrest and heart failure
4. Cardiovascular compensation for postural and
gravitational changes
5. Hypertension
6. Odema
7. Central and peripheral venous pressure

41
 Nervous system and muscles
1. Reflex action, reciprocal innervation
2. Degeneration and regeneration of nerves
3. Control of posture
4. Outline of voluntary movement
5. Cutaneous, deep and superficial sensation
6. Synaptic transmission
7. Neuro muscular transmission
Respiration
1. Normal& abnormal Breath sounds
2. Gas tension in air at sea level, tracheal air, cellular air, mixed
air, plasma, arterial blood and mixed venous blood.
3. Altered Lung volume
4. Oxygen and carbon dioxide transport
5. Acid base reactions in blood
6. Effects off exercise on respiration
7. Artificial respiration. hypertension
8. Oedema
9. Central and peripheral venous pressure

4 Reproductive System 12 12
Introduction: Physiological anatomy Reproductive organs.
Sex determination. Sex Differentiation. Disorder, Male Reproductive
System: Functions of testes. Pubertal changes in males.
Spermatogenesis.Testosterone: action. Regulation of secretion. Semen.
Female Reproductive System: Functions of ovaries and
uterus. Pubertal changes in females. Oogenesis.
Hormones: oestrogenand progesterone-action. Regulation
of secretion.
Mentrual Cycle: Phases. Ovarian cycle. Uterine cycle. Hormonalbasis.
Menarche. Menopause.
Pregnancy: Pregnancy tests. Physiological Changes during pregnancy.
Functions of placenta. Lactation.Contraception methods

5 Digestive System 12 12
Introduction: Physiological anatomy and nerve supply of alimentary
canal. Enteric Nervous system Salivary Secretion: Saliva: Composition.
Functions. Regulation. Mastication (in brief) Swallowing: Definition.
Different stages. Functions.
Stomach: Functions. Gastric juice: Gland, composition, function,
regulation. Gastrin: Production, function and regulation. Peptic ulcer.
Gastric motility .Gastric emptying. Vomiting. Pancreatic Secretion:
Composition, production, function. Regulation.
Liver: Functions of liver.
Bile secretion: Composition, functions and regulation. Gall bladder:
Functions. Intestine: Succusentericus: mComposition,
Function and regulation of secretion. Intestinal motility and its
function and regulation.
Mechanism of Defaecation.
TOTAL 96 96

42
Recommended text books:
1. Basics of medical Physiology -3rd edition D.Venkatesh.Sudhakar
2. Ganongs Review of Medical Physiology 24th edition
3. Fundamentals of medical Physiology Prakasam reddy 5th edition
4. Text book for physiology-A.K.Jain vol I&II
5. Concise Medical Physiology - Chaudhuri 4th edition
6. Human Physiology- Sembulingam 4th edition.
RECOMMENDED REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Review of Medical Physiology – Ganong
2. Samson & Wright's Applied Physiology
3. Textbook of Medical Physiology – Bern and Levy

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the
syllabus

Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks Q2-Essay-15 Marks 30

Short Notes
Answer all the questions
30
6x5=30 10 questions- 5 marks each
Short Answer questions
Answer all the questions 20
10x2=20 10 questions- 2 marks each
Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks)

1. Internal assessment as per University pattern.

43
 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY COURSE CODE : SBVPT - 103

Didactic Hours = 96 hrs

COURSE DESCRIPTION

This course serves as a broad introduction to the field of contemporary psychology, which is explored as
a science, a profession, and a means of promoting human welfare. Students are exposed to psychology
and sociology as both a natural and social science through reading assignments, lectures, discussions,
and demonstrations. Physiotherapy as a profession necessitates socialization and analyzing the
psychology of patients with suffering.

S. TOPIC Didactic hours Total hours

NO
1 Definition of Psychology 02 02
2 Heredity and Environment 03 03
3 Development and Growth Behavior 05 05
4 Intelligence 03 03
5 Motivation 04 04
6 Emotions 03 03
7 Personality 08 08
8 Learning 05 05
9 Thinking 02 02
10 Frustration 02 02
11 Sensation, Attention and Perception 07 07
12 Defense mechanisms of the ego 02 02
13 Democratic and Authoritarian leadership 02 02
TOTAL 48 48

OBJECTIVES:

At the end of the course, the candidate will be able to:

Define the term Psychology & its importance in the Health delivery system, & will gain
knowledge of Psychological maturation during human development & growth & alterations during aging
process.
Understand the importance of psychological status of the person in health & disease; environmental &
emotional influence on the mind & personality.
Have the knowledge and skills required for good interpersonal communication, learning and situational
analysis.
The student should be able to correlate the knowledge of general psychology and sociology and
understand the clinical application of the same in patient handling, evaluation and treatment in the
physiotherapy profession.
The student should respect others without showing bias or presences on the grounds of age, race
and gender. The student should learn to respect and positively respond to the instructions and
suggestions of the peers, superiors and respect the values of physiotherapy profession.

44
 Practical/
Didactic Total
S. NO TOPIC Laboratory
hours hours
hours
1 Definition of Psychology 02 02
Define of Psychology, basic information in relation to following
schools methods and branches.
Schools: Structuralism, functionalism, behaviorism,
psychoanalysis, gestalt psychology
Methods: Introspection, observation, inventory and Experimental
method Branches: General, child, social, abnormal, Industrial,
clinical, counseling, Educational.
2 Heredity and Environment 03 03
Twins relative importance of heredity and environment, their
role in relation to physical
characteristics,
intelligence .and personality, nature-nature controversy.
3 Development and Growth Behavior 05 05
Infancy, childhood, adolescence, adulthood, middle age, old age.
4 Intelligence 03 03
Definitions – IQ, Mental Age, List of various intelligence testes-
WAIS, WISC, Bhatia‗s performance test, Raven‗s
progressive matrices test.
5 Motivation 04 04
Definitions: motive, drive, incentive and reinforcement, Basic
information about primary needs: hunger, thirst, sleep elimination
activity, air, avoidance to pain, and attitude to sex.
Psychological needs: Information, security, self-esteem,
competence, love and hope
6 Emotions 03 03
Definition, differentiate from feelings, physiological changes of
emotion, role of RAS, hypothalamus, cerebral cortex, sympathetic
nervous system, adrenal gland, heredity and emotion. Nature and
control of anger, fear and
anxiety.
7 Personality 08 08

Definition, List the components: Physical characteristics, character

abilities, temperament interest and attitudes. Discuss briefly the
role of heredity, nervous system, physical characteristics, abilities,
fam8ily and culture on personality development.
Basic concepts of Freud: Unconscious, conscious Ide, ego and
superego list and define the oral, anal and phallic genita, latency
stages of personality development. List and define the 8 stages as
proposed by Erickson, 4 concepts of learning as proposed by Dollard
and Miller, drive, cue, response and reinforcement.
Personality assessment: interview, standardized non -
standardized, Exhaustive and stress interviews, list and define
inventories BAI, CPI and MMPI. Projective tests, Rorschach, TAT
and sentence completion test.

45
 8 Learning 05 05
Definition, List the laws of learning as proposed by
Thorndike. Types of learning: Briefly describe classical
conditioning, operant conditioning, insight,
observation and Trial and Error type. List the effective
ways to learn: Massed Vs. Spaced, Whole Vs. Part,
Recitation Vs. Reading, Serial Vs. Free recall,
knowledge of results, Association, Organization,
Mnemonic methods, Incidental
Vs. International learning, role of language.
9 Thinking 02 02
Definition, concepts, creativity, steps in creative
thinking;
list the traits of creative people, delusions.
10 Frustration 02 02
Definition, concepts, creativity, steps in creative
thinking; list the traits of creative people, delusions.
Definition, Sources, solution – conflict: approach –
approach, avoidance – avoidance, and approach –
Avoidance, solution.
11 Sensation, Attention and Perception 07 07
List the senses, Vision, hearing, Olfactory, Gustatory
and cutaneous sensation, movement, equilibrium and
viscera sense. Define attention and list factors that
determine attention: nature of stimulus intensity,
colour, change extensity, repetition, movement size
curiosity, primary motives.
Define perception and list the principles of perception:
Figure ground, constancy, similarity, proximity, closure,
continuity, values and interests, past experience
context, needs, moods, religion, sex and age, perceived
benefits, and socioeconomic status.
Define illusion and hallucination List visual, auditory,
cutaneous, gustatory and olfactory hallucination.
12 Defense mechanisms of the ego 02 02
Denial, rationalization, projection, reaction formation,
identification, repression, emotional insulation,
undoing, introjections, acting out, depersonalization.
13 Democratic and Authoritarian leadership 02 02
Qualities of leadership: Physical factors, intelligence,
self- confidence, sociability, will and dominance.
Define attitude, change of attitude by: Additional
information, changes in group, affiliation, enforced
modification by law and procedures that affect
personality Psychotherapy.
Counseling and religious conversion.
TOTAL 48 48

Recommended books

1. Cliford T. Morgan – Introduction to Psychology

2. Morgan & King – Introduction to Psychology
3. Hilgard & Atkinson – Introduction to Psychology

46
 SOCIOLOGY

S. TOPIC Didactic Total hours

NO hours
1 Definition of Sociology 03 03
2 Sociology Approaches 06 06
3 Social Health 08 08
4 Family 10 10
5 Community 10 10
6 Social worker 11 11
TOTAL 48 48

Practical/
Didactic Total
S. NO TOPIC Laboratory
hours hours
hours
1 Definition of Sociology 03 03
Understanding Sociology, Definition and scope of
Sociology,Its relation to Anthropology and
Psychology Sociological understanding and
sociological thinking.
2 Sociology Approaches 06 06
Sociological approaches to health care
Main features of positivistic and naturalistic
approaches to sociological thinking and theorizing
Sociological approaches to health-care
Concepts of social groups; influence of formal and
informal groups on health and sickness.
The SCP [Society-Culture-Personality] Model and the
health care
3 Social Health 08 08
Social class and health experience
Culture types and practices universal and
variability‗s of culture.
The role of primary groups and secondary groups in
the hospital and rehabilitation.
Gender and health issues in India.
4 Family 10 10
Family, the family, meaning and definitions.
Functions of types of family
Changing family patterns
Influence of family on the individuals health, family
and nutrition, the effects of sickness in the family
and psychosomatic disease and their importance to
physiotherapy.
5 Community 10 10
Rural community: Meaning and features – Health
hazards of ruralities, health hazards to tribal
community.
Urban community: Meaning and features- Health
hazards of urbanities.
6 Social worker 11 11
Meaning of Social Work
The role of a Medical Social Worker
TOTAL 48 48

47
Recommended books
1. Sachdeva and Vidyabushan (1990), Introduction to the study of Sociology,
2. KitabMahal. Allahabad. Indrani T K, Text Books of Sociology for Graduates Nurses
and Physiotherapy Students, JP Brothers, New Delhi.
3. Gilbert (1973), Fundamentals of Sociology, 3rd ed. Bombay, Orient Longman
4. William J Goode (1977 Principles of Sociology McGraw-Hill Book Co. New York
5. Mark Walsh (2004). Introduction to Sociology for Healthcares. Nelson Thomes, UK

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

Section Separation and Marks Distribution:

Section A – Psychology - 40 Marks
Section B – Sociology - 40 Marks

Question Paper Pattern:

Section A: Psychology (Total Marks: 40)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks

(40)
1. Essay 01 15 15
2. Short Notes 03 05 15
3. Short Answer Questions 05 02 10

Section B – Sociology (Total Marks: 40)

Total Marks
S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted
(40)
1. Essay 01 15 15
2. Short Notes 03 05 15
3. Short Answer Questions 05 02 10

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: Internal assessment as per University pattern : (20marks)

Psychology carries 10 mark
Sociology carries 10 mark Total = 20 Marks
48
 BIOCHEMISTRY COURSE CODE: SBVPT - 104

Didactic Hours = 64 Hrs

COURSE DESCRIPTION:

This course provides the knowledge and skills in fundamental organic chemistry and introductory
biochemistry that are essential for further studies It covers basic biochemical, cellular, biological and
microbiological processes, basic chemical reactions in the prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, the
structure of biological molecules, introduction to the nutrients i.e. carbohydrates, fats, enzymes,
nucleic acids and amino acids.

S. TOPIC Didactic Total

NO hours hours
1 CARBOHYDRATES 9 9
2 PROTEINS 7 7
3 ENZYMES 6 6
4 VITAMINS 8 8
5 MINERALS 7 7
6 HORMONES 6 6
7 NUTRITION 8 8
8 LIPID 7 7
9 MUSCLE CONTRACTION 6 6
TOTAL 64 64

Course objective:
Cognitive -
List the structure, function and assimilation of macro and micro nutrients.
Describe the abnormalities associated with pathological condition with respect conception, absorption
and assimilation of various macro and micro nutrients.
Enumerate the biochemistry of connective tissue, collage glycoprotein, proteoglycans, elastin and
keratin.
Biochemical aspects of muscle contraction.

Psychomotor: Draw and label various stages involved in different metabolic cyclic reactions like Kreb‘s
cycle, Glycogen metabolism etc.

Affective: At the end of training the student should be able to -

The student should be able to correlate the knowledge of biochemistry and its significance in various
conditions handled by the physiotherapy profession.
49
 Practical/
Didactic Total
S. NO Laboratory
TOPIC hours hours
hours
1 CARBOHYDRATES 9 - 9
Chemistry, Definition, Classification with
Examples and Functions
Glycolysis, TCA cycle, Glycogen metabolism, Glycogen
storage disorder, Diabetes Mellitus and glycosuria
Hormonal regulation of blood glucose,
HbA1C and GTT
2 PROTEINS 7 - 7
Definition, Importance, Functional Classification of
proteins decarboxylation, deamination, transamination,
transmethylation, Urea Cycle, clinical significance of
serum urea. Special products formed from glycine,
Phenylalanine, trytophan, methionine tyrosine.
There should be an emphasis on understanding the
structure of protein, the essential and non-essential
amino acids.
3 ENZYMES 6 - 6
Definition, Modern Classification, Factors affecting
enzymes Action, diagnostic & therapeutics uses &
enzymes, Isoenzymes, Competitive & Non competitive
inhibition.
4 VITAMINS 8 - 8
Definition, Classification, Fat & water soluble vitamins,
functions, Deficiency manifestations sources & RDA
5 MINERALS 7 - 7
Sources, metabolic role and deficient manifestation of
Na, K, Ca, P, Fe, I, Zn, Se, Fl
6 HORMONES 6 - 6
Definition with mechanism of action, Classification.
7 NUTRITION 8 - 8
Composition of food, balanced diet, Kwashiorkar,
Marasmus, Nitrogen balance, major Dietary constituent
& their importance. Include energy requirements,
factors affecting B.M.R., S.D.A. (Specific Dynamic
Action) and
R.Q. (Respiratory Quotient)
8 LIPID 7 - 7
Definition, classification and importance of lipids,
essential fatty acids. Phospholipids – classification and
functions Name the lipoproteins and its functions
Name the ketone bodies and its importance and tests
Clinical significance of cholesterol and obesity Functions
of prostaglandins
9 MUSCLE CONTRACTION 6 -- 6
Biochemistry of connective tissue Collagen-Glyco-
proteins,
Proteoglycans, Elastin, Keratin.
TOTAL 64 - 64

50
RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Biochemistry – Dr. Satyanarayan

2. Text book of Biochemistry for Medical students – Dr. Vasudevan / Shri Kumar

3. Biochemistry – Dr. Pankaja Naik

RECOMMENDED REFERENCE BOOK

1. Review of Biochemistry (24th edition) – Harper

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the
syllabus

Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks Q2-Essay-15 Marks 30

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 10 questions- 5 marks each 30

Short Answer questions

20
Answer all the questions 10x2=20 10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks)

Internal assessment as per University pattern.

51
 NON-EXAMINATION COURSE

INTRODUCTION TO HEALTHCARE DELIVERY SYSTEM IN INDIA COURSE CODE: SBVPT - 106

COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course provides the students a basic insight into the main features of Indian
health care delivery system and how it compares with the other systems of the world. Topics to be
covered under the subject are as follows:

Practical/
Didactic Total
S. NO Laboratory
TOPIC hours hours
hours
1 Introduction to healthcare delivery system 8 - 8

Healthcare delivery system in India at primary,

secondary and tertiary care
Community participation in healthcare delivery system
Health system in developed countries.
Private Sector
National Health Mission National Health Policy
Issues in Health Care Delivery System in India
2 National Health Programme- 4 - 4
Background objectives, action plan, targets,
operations,
achievements and constraints in various National Heath
Programme
3 Introduction to AYUSH system of medicine 5 - 5
Introduction to Ayurveda. Yoga and Naturopathy Unani
Siddha Homeopathy
Need for integration of various system of medicine
4 Demography & Vital Statistics- 7 - 7
Demography – its concept
Vital events of life & its impact on demography
Significance and recording of vital statistics
Census & its impact on health policy
5 Epidemiology 5 - 5
Principles of Epidemiology Natural History of disease
Methods of Epidemiological studies
Epidemiology of communicable & non-communicable
diseases, disease transmission, host defense
immunizing agents, cold chain, immunization, disease
monitoring and
surveillance.
6 Health scenario of India- past, present and future 3 - 3
TOTAL 32 - 32

52
 Non examination course
English and communication skills COURSE CODE : SBVPT – 107

LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

At the end of the course, the candidate will- Develop good vocabulary skills for better
communication Effectively communicates with teachers, patients and public Understands
methods of writing and drafting letters in English In this subject, the students will learn about
English and Communication skills, which help them to have a better orientation towards patients
and the society.

Practical/
Didactic Total
S. NO Laboratory
TOPIC hours hours
hours
An Introduction To Communication And Key Concepts In
1 Communication 05 - 05

An Introduction to Communication.
Basic terms, concepts, and contexts of communication.
Factors influencing message encoding, the nature of
messages, and message uses and effects.
Importance, Types and Principles of Communication
General Vs Technical Communication

2 MAJOR COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES 5 - 5

Introduction to Communication styles and techniques.

Assertive Communication. Aggressive Communication.
Passive Communication. Passive – Aggressive
Communication. Working with different Styles
3 LISTENING SKILLS 5 - 5

Introduction to Listening. Purpose and Types of Listening.

Active Listening V/s Passive Listening.
Difference among Listening, Hearing and Overhearing.
Traits of a good listener.
Barriers to effective listening and Tips for effective
listening
.
4 READING SKILLS 5 - 5

An Introduction to Reading and Comprehension.

Types and Techniques - Skimming and Scanning of Reading
.
Inferencing in Reading. Reading data in various forms.

5 WRITING SKILLS 6 - 6
Introduction to Writing and Importance of effective
writing., Paragraph Development, Coherence
– Topic Sentence, Supporting Sentence. Authentication,
and Examples.
Letter Writing and Resume Making., Report Writing
Drafting…press notes, memo, circulars, notices,
telegrams, agenda, , minutes etc.

53
 6 6 - 6
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Tenses and the Concept of Time. Active and Passive

Constructions. Direct – Indirect Speeches.
Prepositions and Conditionals.
Idioms, Confusables, One-word Substitutes, Synonyms,
Antonyms.

Total 32 32

INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD AND PEDAGOGY:

Interactive class room sessions using black-board and audio-visual aids. Using the available
technology and resources for e-learning. Students will be focused on self-learning, practical learning
and clinical exposure facilitated by the faculty. Students will be enabled for continuous evaluation.
Case study, group discussions, role-plays and simulation exercises.

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES/OBJECTIVES:

At the end of the semester, the student will be able:

1. To sharpen basic Communication Skills (LSRW) by revealing the key communication techniques.
2. To expose themselves to the modern modes of communication

RECOMMENDED STUDY MATERIAL: BOOKS:

1. English For Technical Communication Vol 1&2 Combined,

2. Lakshminarayanan RK The Functional Aspects of Communication Skills, Prasad P & Sharma R K
3. A Communication Grammar of English, Leech Geoffrey

54
 NON EXAMINATION COURSE ORIENTATION IN PHYSIOTHERAPY COURSE CODE : SBVPT – 108
Duration Hours = 32 hours

COURSE DESCRIBTION:

The objective of this particular section of the foundation course is to sensitize

potential learners with essential knowledge; this will lay a sound foundation for their
learning across the under-graduate program and across their career. Innovative teaching
methods should be used to ensure the attention of a student and make them more
receptive such as group activities, interactive fora, role plays, and clinical bed-side
demonstrations

Practical/
SL. Didactic Total
Laboratory
NO TOPIC hours hours
hours

1 History of physiotherapy. 02 02

Ethical rules and guidelines for

2
physiotherapist. 03 03

3 Orientation to medical terminologies. 03 03

Patterns of health care delivery:

National trends and resources
4
Local trends and resources 09 09
Overview of health science professions.

Components of physiotherapy profession:

5
History of medical therapeutics 05 05
Overview of health science professions

Role of physiotherapy in meeting health care

needs in India.
Needs versus demands
6
Physiotherapist as 'educator' 10 10
Typical job settings
Common problems and solutions

TOTAL 32 32

55
II – SEMESTER

56
 ANATOMY -II COURSE CODE : SBVPT - 201

Didactic- 48 Hrs + Practical = 96 Hrs [TOTAL - 144 Hrs]

COURSE DESCRIPTION

The major focus of this subject is an in-depth study and analysis of the structure and function of
human movement concerned with head and neck.A comprehensive study of human anatomy with
emphasis on the endocrine system, lymphatic system, digestive system, genitor urinary, integumentary
system are incorporated. Dissection and identification of structures in the cadaver supplemented with
the study of charts, models, prosected material and radiographs are utilized to identify anatomical
landmarks and configurations of the head and neck and brain.

Practical/
Didactic Total
Sr. Laboratory
Hours Hours
No. Topics Hours

1 NEURO ANATOMY 14 40 54

2 HEAD AND NECK 06 22 28

3 CRANIAL NERVES 06 10 16

4 ENDOCRINE SYSTEM 04 - 04

5 LYMPHATIC SYSTEM 03 - 03

6 DIGESTIVE SYSTEM 05 05 10

7 GENITO URINARY SYSTEM 05 13 18

8 INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM 02 - 02

48 96 144
TOTAL

57
OBJECTIVES

Cognitive –

At the end of the training, the student should be able to –

1. Describe the gross anatomy of the human body and correlate the knowledge of structure and
function of Head and neck.
2. Describe the cross section anatomy of the human body and correlate the knowledge of structure
and function of Head and neck.
3. Interpret the anatomical basic of symptoms and signs of clinical conditions, diagnostic
procedures and treatment modalities related to of Head and neck, endocrine system, lymphatic
system, digestive system, genitor urinary, integumentary system
4. Describe the development aspects of human body and interpret the development basis of various
congenital anomalies of Head and neck and Nervous system.
5. Describe the neuro anatomy in its entirety and interpret the neuro anatomical basis of various
clinical conditions of Head and neck, Nervous system, endocrine system, lymphatic system,
digestive system, genitor urinary, integumentary system.

Psychomotor

At the end of the training, the student should be able to –

1. Dissect and demonstrate various parts of head, neck, brain and spinal cord.
2. Demonstrate the anatomical significance of nerves and blood vessels of human body.
3. Prepare and deliver lectures on various topics of human anatomy using audio – visualadis.
4. Present paper / poster in conference emphasizing on the anatomy and clinical anatomy

Affective

At the end of training the student should be able to –

1. The student should be able to correlate the knowledge of anatomy and its application in the
physiotherapy profession during patient evaluation and treatment

58
 Practical/
Didactic
Laboratory Total Hours
Sl:no Topics Hours
Hours
1 NEURO ANATOMY 14 40 54
Definition of Neuron
Organization of Nervous system along with division
central, peripheral autonomic.
Anterior and posterior triangles of the neck -
subdivisions and contents.
Development of brain and spinal cord in embryonic
level.

Spinal cord: -
Position, extent transectional view. Tracts of spinal
cord and their extent Reflex levels at spinal cord.
Blood supply Effects of injury, prognosis and
applied anatomy Rhombencephalon or hind brain
Medulla Oblongata Pons Cerebellum parts of
cerebellum, Internal cerebellar structures,
Various afferent and efferent tracts and their
respective terminations.
Results of damage to cerebellum and prognosis and
applied anatomy

Reticular formation Forebrain or cerebrum

gross components, Knowledge of gyri, sulci and
cortical areas Association fibres, projection fibers
and commisural fibers. cerebral cortex fornix
ancus insula, Limbic lobe and factory pathways
Meninges, Internal capsule, basal ganglia,
thalamus, hypothalamus – Role and effects of
injury and applied anatomy

Pyramidal motor system and its tracts. Upper and

lower motor neurons
Parts and tracts of extra pyramidal system and its
functions and applied anatomy
Nature and basis of muscle tone Autonomic nervous
system sympathetic, parasympathetic
Anatomy of Cranial nerves and applied anatomy

Peripheral apparatus of special senses Reflex levels

of organization Controlling levels of organization
Blood supply
Arteries of the brain.
Blood supply to the cerebrum/circle of willis
Blood brain barrier
Subdural hemorrhage, subarachnoid, extradural
hemorrhage
Result of occlusion
CSF
Formation, circulation and drainage
Lumbar puncture and cisternal puncture and
applied anatomy

59
2 HEAD AND NECK 06 22 28

Discussion about the musculoskeletal and

neurovascular features.
Anterior and posterior triangles of the neck with its
substitutions.
Anatomy of large skull bones and their parts
Anatomy of main muscles of the face nerve supply
and action and applied anatomy

Temporomandibular joint articulation muscles and

movements.
Paralysis of facial muscles – causes of injury to
facial nerve and sequel of injury and applied
anatomy
Anatomy of trigeminal nerve on the face Anatomy
and general features of typical cervical vertebra,
atlas, axis and seventh cervical vertebra. Anatomy
of Main muscles of the cervical region attachments,
actions and nerve supply.
Anatomy of phrenic, accessory and vagus Nerves
Joints of the cervical region–type, articular
surfaces, ligaments, movements and muscles
producing these movements.

EYE:
Structure of eye, subdivisions and chambers
Retina & Optic pathway
Light and accommodation reflex
Nerve supply & action of extraocular muscles.
NOSE:
Bony components of nose
Parts and boundaries of nose and features of nasal
cavity.
EAR:
Basic structure of ear: hearing &equilibrium Nerve
endings for hearing and equilibrium

06 16 22
3 CRANIAL NERVES
Anatomy of cranial nerves

Nucleus of origin and termination attachments to

the brain and cranial exit, its relations
Sensory and motor distribution applied anatomy
4 ENDOCRINE SYSTEM 05 05
Endocrine organs and their position
Functions of hormones produced by each endocrine
organ.
Applied anatomy
04 04
5 LYMPHATIC SYSTEM
Comprehend the general and regional arrangements
of the lymphatic system
Functions of Lymphatic system
Structures of Lymph nodes, Lymph vessels.
Applied anatomy

60
 05 05 10
6 DIGESTIVE SYSTEM
Anatomy of digestive system
Special features of mouth, teeth and muscles of the
pharynx.
Position, course and extent of the oesophagus
Position and gross structure of stomach, nerve
supply and chief functions.
Subdivisions of the intestines and mention their
surface anatomy Distinguish between the small and
the large intestine
Chief arterial branches of the abdominal aorta.
Position and gross features of the liver & Biliary
system Position of pancreas & spleen
Hernias in stomach and intestinal levels.
Treatments and prognosis and applied anatomy
7 GENITO URINARY SYSTEM 05 13 18
Basic structure, functional anatomy of kidney
Distinguish between right & left kidney –position,
size & shape
Anatomy and Structure of Nephron Anatomy of
bladder, Uterus, Urethra
Basic innervation of bladder Anatomy of male
reproductive system
Anatomy and functional considerations of the
reproduction and external organs.
Anatomy of female reproductive system anatomy
and functional
considerations of ovary, uterine tubes, uterus,
vagina and female external genitalia.
Anatomy of the uterus, causes for prolapse, factors
responsible
for maintenance of its position, applied anatomy
Discuss course of external and internal iliac
arteries its applied anatomy
8 INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM 03 03
Anatomy, Structure and layers of skin Blood
circulation of skin
Sweat and sebaceous glands – location, function
and its applied anatomy
Total 48 96 144

PRACTICAL ANATOMY
1. Head & Spinal cord and Neck and Brain including surface Anatomy cranial nerves, spinal nerves
and important blood vessels.
2. Points of palpation of nerves and arteries.
3. Learning through charts models and specimens.
4. Identification and location of systems in models and cadaver
5. Location of anatomical parts in dissected cadaver
6. Identification of specimens

61
Reference:
Clinical neuro anatomy for medical students – Snell 6th edition
1. Human anatomy – B.D. Chaurasia‗s
2. Clinical anatomy for medical students – Snell 6th edition
3. Text book of human neuroanatomy – Inderbir Singh
4. Gray‗s anatomy 37th edition edited by – Peter L. Williams, Mary Dyson
5. Text book of human anatomy by T.S. Ranganathan
Recommended Text books:
1. Gray‗s anatomy 37th edition edited by – Peter L. Williams, Mary Dyson
2. Text book of human anatomy by T.S. Ranganath
3. SNELL [ Richard S], Clinical Anatomy for Medical students : Ed. 6. Little Brown and
Company,Boston., p898,
4. B.D Chaurasia‗s Human Anatomy – Regional And Applied; Volume I, Volume Ii And Volume
5. MOORE [Kieth L], Clinically Oriented Anatomy. Ed.3., Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore,1992, p917
6. SINGH [Inderbir], Text book of Anatomy with colour atlas: Introduction, Osteology,
UpperExtremity, Lower Extremity. Vol I. P Brothers, New Delhi 1996,
Practicals

1. ROMANES [G J], Cunningham manual of practical anatomy : Head and Neck and Brain ed
2. 15 Vol II Oxford Medical Publication, Oxford 1996, P3

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks Q2-Essay-15 Marks 30
Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=50 6 questions- 5 marks each 30

Short Answer questions Answer all the questions10x2=20 10 questions- 2 marks

each 20
Total 80
Maximum
PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks
Marks
Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks) for both theory and practical separately. Internal assessment
given for Theory and Practical follows as per University pattern

62
 PHYSIOLOGY-II COURSE CODE : SBVPT - 202
Didactic-90 Hrs [TOTAL - 90HRS]

COURSE DESCRIPTION
The course is designed to study the function of the nervous system. The major emphasis is
placed on special senses, reproductive system, digestive system, renal and endocrine system.

Sr. No. Topics Didactic Practical/ Total

Hours Laboratory Hours
Hours
45
1 Nervous System 45
2 Special senses
20 20

3 Renal System 14 14

4 Endocrine System 17 17

TOTAL 96 96

Learning Objectives

1. To understand the functional mechanisms of nervous system, reproductive system, digestive

system, renal and endocrine system.
2. To understand interaction and integration of reproductive system, digestive system, renal and
endocrine system.
3. To understand the functions and dysfunctions of reproductive system, digestive system, renal and
endocrine system.
4. At the end of training the student should be able to -
The student should be able to correlate the knowledge of physiology and its application in the
physiotherapy profession.

63
 Practic
al/
Didactic
Topic Laborat Total hours
S. No hours
ory
hours
1. Nervous System 45 45
Introduction: Organization of CNS – central and
peripheral nervous system. Functions of nervous
system. Synapse: Functional anatomy,
classification, Synaptic transmission. Properties.
Sensory Mechanism: Sensory receptors: function,
classification and properties. Sensory pathway:
The ascending tracts – Posterior column tracts,
lateral spinothalamic tract and the anterior
spinothalamic tract – their origin, course,
termination and functions. The trigeminal
pathway.Sensory cortex. Somatic sensations:
crude touch, fine touch, tactile
localization,tactile discrimination, stereognosis,
vibration sense, kinesthetic sensations. Pain
sensation: mechanism of pain. Cutaneous pain –
slow and fast pain, hyperalgesia. Deep pain,
Visceral pain – referred pain.Gate control theory
of pain.tabesdorsalis, sensory ataxia.

Motor Mechanism: Motor Cortex, Motor pathway:

The descending tracts – pyramidal tracts,
extrapyramidal tracts – origin, course, termination
and functions. Upper motor neuron and lower
motor neuron.Paralysis, monoplegia, paraplegia,
hemiplegia and quadriplegia.

Reflex Action: components, Bell-Magendie law,

classification and Properties.
Monosynaptic and polysynaptic reflexes,
superficial reflexes, deep reflexes.Stretch reflex–
structure of muscle spindle, pathway, higher
control and functions.
Inverse stretch reflex.Muscle tone – definition, and
properties hypotonia, atonia and hypertonia. UMNL
and LMNL

Spinal cord Lesions: Complete transection and

Hemisection of the spinal cord.
Cerebellum: Functions. Cerebellar ataxia. Posture
and Equilibrium: Postural reflexes – spinal,
medullary, midbrain and cerebral reflexes.
Thalamus and Hypothalamus: Nuclei. Functions.
Thalamic syndrome Reticular Formation and
Limbic System: Components and Functions.
Basal Ganglia: Structures included and functions.
Parkinson‗s disease.
Cerebral Cortex: Lobes. Brodmann‗s areas and
their functions.Higher functions of cerebralcortex
– learning, memory and speech.
EEG : Waves and features. Sleep: REM and NREM
sleep.

64
 CSF: Formation, composition, circulation and
functions.
Lumbar puncture and its significance. Blood brain
barrier. Hydrocephalus. ANS: Features and actions
of
parasymapatheticand sympathetic nervous
system.
2. Special Senses 20 20
Vision: Introduction: Functional anatomy of
eyeball. Functions of cornea, iris, pupil, aqueous
humor – glaucoma, lens –
cataract, vitreous humor, rods and cones
Photopic vision. Scotopic
vision. Visual Pathway and the effects of lesions.
Refractive. Errors: myopia, hypermetropia,
presbyopia and astigmatism. Visual Reflexes:
Accommodation, Pupillary and Light. Visual acuity
and Visual field. Light adaptation. Dark
adaptation. Color vision – colorblindness.
Nyctalopia Audition: Physiological anatomy of the
ear. Functions of external ear, middle ear and
inner ear. Structure of Cochlea and organ of corti.
Auditory pathway. Types of Deafness. Tests for
hearing. Audiometry Taste: Taste buds. Primary
tastes.
Gustatory pathway
Smell: Olfactory membrane. Olfactory
pathway. Vestibular Apparatus: Crista ampullaris
and macula. Functions. Disorders
3. Renal System 14 14
Introduction: Physiological anatomy. Nephrons
Cortical and juxtamedullary. Juxta
Glomerular apparatus. Glomerular membrane.
Renal blood flow and its regulation.
Functions of kidneys.
Mechanism of Urine Formation: Glomerular
Filtration: Mechanism of glomerular
filtration. GFR – normal value and factors
affecting. Renal clearance.
Inulin clearance. Creatinine clearance. Tubular
Reabsorption: Reabsorption of Na+ glucose, HCO3
urea and water. Filtered load., Renal tubular
transport maximum.
Glucose clearance: TmG. Renal threshold for
glucose.
Tubular Secretion: Secretion of H+ and K+.PAH
clearance.
Mechanism of concentrating and diluting the
Urine: Counter-current mechanism.
Regulation, of water excretion. Diuresis. Diuretics.
Micturition: Mechanism of micturition.
Cystometrogram. Atonic bladder, automatic
bladder. Acid-Base balance (very brief) Artificial
Kidney:
Principle of haemo dialysis. Skin and temperature
regulation.

65
 4. Endocrine System 17 17
Introduction: Major endocrine glands. Hormone:
classification, mechanism of action. Functions of
hormones Pituitary Gland: Anterior Pituitary and
Posterior Pituitary hormones: Secretory cells,
action on target cells, regulation of secretion of
each hormone. Disorders: Gigantism, Acromegaly,
Dwarfism,
Diabetes insipidus. Physiology of
growth and development: hormonal and other
influences. Pituitary-Hypothalamic Relationship.
Thyroid Gland: Thyroid hormone and calcitonin:
secretory cells, synthesis, storage, action and
regulation of secretion. Disorders:Myxoedema.
Cretinism, Grave‗s disease Parathyroidhormnes:
secretorycell, action, regulation of secretion.
Disorders: Hypoparathyroidism. Hyperthyroidism.
Calciummetabolism and its regulation.Adrenal
Gland: Adrenal Cortex: Secretory cells,synthesis,
action, regulationof secretion of Aldosterone,
Cortisol, Androgens. Disorders:Addison‗s disease,
Cushing‗s syndrome, Conn‗s syndrome,
Adrenogenital syndrome Adrenal Medulla:
Secretory cells, action,
regulation of secretion of adrenaline and
noradrenalin. Disorders: Phoechromocytoma.
Endocrine Pancreas: Secretory cells,
action, regulation of secretion of insulin and
glucagon. Glucose metabolism and its regulation.
Disorder: Diabetes mellitus. Calcitrol, Thymus and
Pineal gland (very brief). Local
Hormones.(briefly).
Total 96 96

Recommended text books

1. Basics of medical Physiology -3rd edition D.Venkatesh.Sudhakar
2. Ganongs Review of Medical Physiology 24th edition
3. Fundamentals of medical Physiology Prakasam reddy 5th edition
4. Text book for physiology-A.K.Jain vol I&II
5. Concise Medical Physiology - Chaudhuri 4th edition
6. Human Physiology- Sembulingam 4 th edition.
7. RECOMMENDED REFERENCE BOOKS
8. Review of Medical Physiology – Ganong
9. Samson & Wright's Applied Physiology
10. Textbook of Medical Physiology – Bern and Levy.

66
 SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks Q2-Essay-15 Marks 30

Short Notes
Answer all the questions6x5=30 6 questions- 5 marks each 30

Short Answer questions Answer all the questions10x2=20 10 questions- 2 marks

each 20
Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks)

Internal assessment as per University pattern

67
 EXERCISE THERAPY - 1 COURSE CODE : SBVPT - 203
Didactic-45 Hrs + Practical = 90 Hrs [TOTAL - 135 HRS]

COURSE DESCRIPTION:

This course is based on anatomical and physiological &related kinesiological principles for normal
human movement and for the efficacy in the assessment methods for mobility, muscle strength. Students
have the opportunity to develop and acquire understanding of physiological responses to various types
of training and develop skills of exercise programs (on models). Exercise components of muscle strength,
flexibility, balance, breathing and gait are examined. Evidence of appropriate, safe and effective
exercise design and proper exercise biomechanics and prescription parameters are addressed with all
interventions.

Practical/
Didactic Total
Laborator
S. NO TOPIC hours hours
y hours
1 INTRODUCTION TO EXERCISE THERAPY 03 03
2 CLASSIFICATION OF MUSCLES 03 03
3 STARTING AND DERIVED POSITIONS 04 06 10
4 ACTIVE AND PASSIVE MOVEMENTS 08 16 24
5 GONIOMETRY MEASUREMENTS 08 12 20
6 MANUAL MUSCLE TESTING 07 12 19
7 STRETCHING 07 16 23
8 ANTHROPOMETRIC MEASUREMENTS 02 10 12
9 MASSAGE THERAPY 08 24 32
TOTAL 48 96 144

OBJECTIVES:

The objective of this course is that after 105 hours of lectures and demonstration in addition to
practical and clinic the candidate will be able to list the indications and contraindications of various
types of exercise, demonstrate the different techniques and describe the effects.

Objectives Cognitive

1. Define mechanical principals applied in human body emphasizing on Centre of gravity, baseof
support, axis, planes, springs, levers, force , work, velocity and power
2. Classify the muscles on the basis of fiber orientation, type of contraction, range of muscle work
and group muscle action.
3. Comprehend the importance of starting positions and derived positions in exercise prescription.
4. Enumerate active and passive range of motions (ROM) to upper limb, lower limb, neck muscles
and trunk muscles.
5. Understand the basic principles of measuring joint range of motion, stretching and
strengthening.
6. Illustrate the physiology of aerobic exercises and device exercise program incorporating the
68
 same.

Psychomotor

1. Demonstrate the measurements of joint range of motion with Goniometer.

2. Perform ROM exercises with respect to fiber orientation, type of contraction, range of muscle
work and group muscle action on human models.
3. Exhibit good practical skills of grasp and support during suspension exercises, massage and manual
muscle testing.
4. Imitate general and local relaxation techniques.
5. Display ability of instructing balance and coordination exercises to human models and then to
patients.

Affective

At the end of training the student should be able to –

The student should be able to correlate the knowledge of movement science, and increase proficiency in
understanding the influence of various types of therapeutic exercise on the human body and its clinical
application during treatment and also respect and be aware of the emotional aspects of human models
without sexual discrimination.

SYLLABUS
S. NO Didactic Practical/ Total
TOPIC hours Laboratory hours
hours
1 INTRODUCTION TO EXERCISE 03 03
THERAPY
Mechanical principle applied in human body – gravity, centre of
gravity, line of gravity, base of support, equilibrium, axis, planes,
anatomical movements, and types of motion, pulleys, springs and
levers.
Definition of Speed, Velocity, Force, Work,
Energy, Power, Acceleration, Momentum, Friction and Inertia.

03 03
2 CLASSIFICATION OF MUSCLES

Types of muscle fibers

Types of muscle contraction
Group muscle action
Range of muscle work
3 STARTING AND DERIVED POSITIONS 04 06 10
Muscle work, effects and uses of starting
and derived positions
4 ACTIVE AND PASSIVE MOVEMENTS 08 16 24

69
 Definition, Classification, Indications, Contraindications,
Advantages, Limitations, Techniques – Emphasize AROM and PROM
to Upper, Lower, Neck and Trunk Muscles
5 GONIOMETRY MEASUREMENTS 08 12 20
Goniometer, types and techniques of measuring
joint ROM

6 MANUAL MUSCLE TESTING 07 12 19

Principle & grading system
Trick movements
Group Muscle Testing
Individual Muscle testing – Upper & Lower Limbs, Trunk & Face

7 STRETCHING 07 16 23

Definition, properties of soft tissue, mechanical and

neurophysiologic properties of connective tissue, mechanical
properties of contractile and non- contractile tissue. Assessment of
muscle length, determinants, principles, type and
effect of stretching, indications and contraindications,
precautions, general applications of
stretching technique advantages and limitations.

8 ANTHROPOMETRIC MEASUREMENTS 02 10 12
1. Measurement of muscle mass
2. Measurement of Skin fold using Vernier caliper
Assessment of Height, Weight and BMI,
Waist and Hip Ratio
Fat analysis
9 MASSAGE THERAPY 08 24 32
History of massage
Definition of massage
Mechanical points to be considered
Indications and contraindications
Techniques
Classification of massage
TOTAL 48 96 144

PRACTICAL
1. Starting positions and derived positions
2. Range of motion (PROM, AROM, AAROM) exercises to all joints
3. Measurement of joint range using goniometer
4. General and local Relaxation techniques
5. Suspension exercise to all major joints
6. Massage – upper limb, lower limb, back, face
7. Manual muscle testing of individual muscles
8. Coordination exercises, balancing exercises

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Progressive Resisted Exercises – Margaret Hollis,
2. Therapeutic Exercise foundation and techniques - Carolyn Kisner
3. Muscle Testing -Daniel
4. Muscle Testing -Kendall
5. Principles of Exercise Therapy – Dena Gardiner

70
 6. Measurement of Joint Motion – Cynthia Norkins.

RECOMMENDED REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Therapeutic Exercise - Basmajian & Wolf.
2. Orthopedic Evaluation – Magee
3. Physical Rehabilitation- O‟ Sullivan

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus

Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks Q2-Essay-15 Marks 30

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 6 questions- 5 marks each 30

Short Answer questions Answer all the questions10x2=20 10 questions- 2 marks each
20

Total 80
Maximum
PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks
Marks
Total 80

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks) for both theory and practical separately. Internal assessment
given for Theory and Practical follows as per University pattern

71
 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY COURSE CODE : SBVPT - 204

Didactic Hours - 60hours =Total-60 hrs

Course Description:

The purpose of this course is to increase the student‗s knowledge and understanding about human
physiology and the adaptations that occur during exercise. Exercise physiology is a branch of physiology
that deals with the functioning of the human body during exercise. An understanding of how the body
responds to acute and chronic exercise is crucial for the physical educator, athletic trainer, coach,
fitness expert, or exercise physiologist. Emphasis is placed on bioenergetics as well as circulatory,
respiratory and neuromuscular responses to the physical stress of exercise. Also discussed are the effects
of environmental factors and ergogenic aids on athletic performance. The objective of this course is for
the student to gain an understanding and working knowledge of how the body responds to exercise so
that they may apply this knowledge to their chosen field. Indeed, understanding the interactions of
metabolism, circulation, and structural adaptations in response to exercise and training are required to
be an effective teaching or health care professional.

S. TOPIC Didactic Practical Total

NO hours hours hours

1 UNIT I 11 11
2 UNIT II 16 16
3 UNIT III 16 16
4 UNIT IV 21 21
TOTAL 64 64

Course Objectives:
Following the completion of this course, the student will be able to discuss the following:

1. The acute physiological changes that occur during exercise

2. Appropriate means of maintaining the body in optimum physiological status for exercise
3. The physiological adaptations that occur following exercise training
4. Health benefits of a consistent exercise program and the health risks associated with inactivity
5. The students will be able to discuss how the various systems of the human body interrelate in
response to exercise.
6. The students will be able to discuss the various control steps and mechanisms of metabolism
(ATP production and ATP utilization)

72
SYLLABUS
S. NO TOPIC Didactic Practical Total
hours hours hours
1 UNIT I 11 11
Basic Exercise Physiology Unit Introduction to exercise
physiology Nutrition and Performance
Energy transfer
Measurement of human energy expenditure Systems of energy
delivery and utilization
2 UNIT II 16 16
Nutrition and Energy (ATP)
Topics: Metabolism, bioenergetics, fuel utilization, EPOC,
lactate, enzymes, hormonal control, glucose homeostasis,
energy systems.

Physiological Systems: Transportation

Topics: Cardiovascular system, respiratory system,
ventilation, VO2max, altitude, training.
Maximal aerobic and anaerobic power Pulmonary function
Gas Transport
Kidney function and acid- base balance Cardio-Vascular
Dynamics
3 UNIT III 16 16
Muscle Physiology & Training:
Energy Out
Topics: Nervous system, skeletal muscle structure and
function, resistance training, ergogenic aids,
Muscle function - Role of energy metabolism in muscular
contraction
Exercise Prescription
Objectives of graded exercise testing Exercise Test variables
Physiological effects of training
Environmental effects on physical performance
4 UNIT IV 21 21
Sources of Energy, Energy Transfer and Energy Expenditure at
rest and various physical activities.
Responses and Adaptations of various systems to Exercise and
training.
Control Of Bio energitics: Control of ATP-CP System, Control
of Glycolysis, Control of Kreb‘s cycle and Electron transport
chain
Interaction between Aerobic /Anaerobic ATP Production.
TOTAL 64 64

Recommended Books
1. Exercise Physiology by Mc Ardle, Katch & Katch (Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2000)
2. Exercise Physiology: Exercise, Performance, and Clinical Applications by Robert A.
Roberts and Scott O Roberts William C Brown, 1997)
3. Clinical Exercise Testing and Prescription Theory and Applications by Scott O. Roberts,
Peter Hanson (C RC Press,
4. Physiology of exercise and sport, Bruce J. Noble, Times Mirror/ Mosby college Publishing

73
 SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus

Essay 30
Q1-Essay-15 Marks Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 6 questions- 5 marks each 30

Short Answer questions Answer all the questions10x2=20 10 questions- 2 marks each
20

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT :(20 Marks)

1. Internal assessment as per University pattern.

74
 NON EXAMINATION COURSE
FIRST AID AND EMERGENCY NURSING
COURSE CODE : SBVPT - 206

Didactic Hour = 45

Objectives of the course:

In this subject, the students will learn about English and Communication skills, which help them
to have a better orientation towards patients and the society.

SYLLABUS

S. TOPIC Didactic Practical Total

NO hours hours hours
1 FIRST AID 08 08
Introduction to First Aid. Bandages – Types, binders, splints & slings.
Promoting safety consciousness. Examination of Vital Signs.
First Aid in RTA, Cardiac arrest, Respiratory failure, Burns, Electric
shock,
Drowning, Spinal cord injuries, Hypovolemic Shock, Poisoning, Snake
Bite. Instruments used in First Aid (First Aid kit).
2 EMERGENCY 08 08
Concept of emergency- Definition, Importance& Rules. Community
emergencies: Fire explosions, floods, earthquakes, famine.
Community resources: Police assistance; Voluntary agencies; Local,
National and
International agencies; Ambulance service- their relation to
emergencies. Casualty management.

3 NURSING BASICS 08 08
Introduction: What is nursing, nursing principles, interpersonal
relationships,
Mobility & Immobility – Principles of body mechanics, Maintenance of
normal
body alignments & mobility, factors affecting body alignment &
mobility,
Hazards associated with immobility, alteration in body alignment &
mobility, Range of Motion, Exercise, Positions, moving
Nursing Position: Environment safety, bed making, prone, lateral,
dorsal, dorsal recumbent, Fowler‘s position comfort measures, aids,
rest and sleep. Bed Side Management: Giving and taking bed pan,
urinal, observation of stools, urine, sputum, use of catheters, enema
giving.
Methods Of Giving Nourishment: Oral, Enteral, Nasogastric /
Orogastic, gastrotomy, parental
Care Of Rubber Goods: simple aseptic technique, sterilization and
disinfection.

TOTAL 24 24

RECOMMENDED STUDY MATERIAL:

TEXTBOOK:
1. First aid and Emergency Nursing, N.N.Yalayyaswamy, CBS, CBS Publishers & Distributors.

75
 Non Examination Course
Introduction To Quality And Patient Safety, Biomedical Waste Management,Infection
Prevention And Control.
COURSE CODE : SBVPT - 207

Quality assurance and management - The objective of the course is to help students understand the
basic concepts of quality in health Care and develop skills to implement sustainable quality assurance
program in the health system., Concepts of Quality of Care, Quality Improvement Approaches,
Standards and Norms, Quality Improvement Tools Introduction to NABH guidelines

S. NO TOPIC Didactic Practical Total

hours hours hours
1 Bio medical waste management and environment safety- 08 08
The aim of this section will be to help prevent harm to
workers, property, the environment and the general
public. Topics to be covered under the subject are as
follows:
Definition of Biomedical Waste Waste minimization
BMW – Segregation, collection, transportation, treatment
and disposal (including color coding)
Liquid BMW, Radioactive waste, Metals / Chemicals / Drug
waste
BMW Management & methods of disinfection Modern
technology for handling BMW
Use of Personal protective equipment (PPE)
Monitoring & controlling of cross infection (Protective
devices
2 Infection prevention and control - 08 08
The objective of this section will be to provide a broad
understanding of the core subject areas of infection
prevention and control and to equip AHPs with the
fundamental skills required to reduce the incidence of
hospital acquired infections and improve health outcomes.
Concepts taught should include -

Evidence-based infection control principles and practices

[such as sterilization, disinfection, effective hand hygiene
and use of Personal protective equipment (PPE)],
Prevention & control of common healthcare associated
infections,

Components of an effective infection control program, and

Guidelines (NABH and JCI) for Hospital Infection Control
3 Antibiotic Resistance- 08 08

History of Antibiotics
How Resistance Happens and Spreads
Types of resistance- Intrinsic, Acquired, Passive Trends in
Drug Resistance
Actions to Fight Resistance Bacterial persistence
Antibiotic sensitivity
Consequences of antibiotic resistance
Antimicrobial Stewardship- Barriers and opportunities,
Tools and models in hospital

TOTAL 24 24
76
III - SEMESTER

77
 EXERCISE THERAPY - II SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -301

Didactic-48 Hrs + Practical =-96 Hrs [Total - 144 Hrs]

COURSE DESCRIPTION:

This course is based on anatomical and physiological & related kinesiological principles
for normal human movement and for the efficacy in the assessment methods for mobility, muscle
strength. Students have the opportunity to develop and acquire understanding of physiological responses
to various types of training and develop skills of exercise programs (on models). Exercise components of
muscle strength, flexibility, balance, breathing and gait are examined. Evidence of appropriate, safe
and effective exercise design and proper exercise biomechanics and prescription parameters are
addressed with all interventions

LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
Cognitive
1. Define mechanical principals and techniques of proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation,
traction.

2. Classify various techniques of massage therapy based on the effects and target tissues.

3. Comprehend the importance of posture and deviation in posture and the corrective exercises for
the same.

4. Comprehend the importance of gait and deviation in gait and analysis and corrective exercises
for the same.

5. Enumerate the importance of assistive devices emphasizing on selection, prescription,

measurement and training.

6. Understand the basic principles, indication, contraindication, nature of pull and the applied
aspects of traction.

7. Understand the basic principles, indication and various types of relaxation techniques.

8. Describe the basic principles, indication and various types of relaxation techniques.

9. Illustrate the various mat activities, functional reeducation and applications.

10. Understand the basic principles, indication, interpretation and application of coordination and
balance activities.

Psychomotor

1. Demonstrate joint mobilization techniques with emphasis to patient and therapist position.

2. Perform various types of stretching for various muscle groups.

3. Perform resisted exercises of individual and group muscles, open and closed kinematic exercise.

4. Demonstrate skill the measurements of joint range of motion with Goniometer.

5. Perform ROM exercises with respect to fiber orientation, type of contraction, range of muscle
work and group muscle action on human models.

78
 6. Exhibit good practical skills of grasp and support during suspension exercises, massage and manual
muscle testing.

7. Imitate general and local relaxation techniques.

Affective

At the end of training the student should be able to -The student should be able to
correlate the knowledge of movement science, and increase proficiency in understanding the influence
of various types of therapeutic exercise on the human body and its clinical application during treatment
and also respect and be aware of the emotional aspects of human models without sexual
discrimination.

Didactic Practical/
Sr. No. Topics Total
Hours Laboratory
Hours Hours
Proprioceptive neuromuscular
1 04 13 17
Facilitation
2 Coordination and balance 03 08 11

Mat activitires and functional

3 04 05 09
Reeducation

Introduction to manual
4 Therapy and joint mobilization 03 10 13
Techniques

5 Suspension therapy 05 10 15

6 Assistive devices 04 07 11
7 Traction 03 04 07

Relaxation techniques and

8 Breathing exercise 04 06 10

9 Hydrotherapy 03 02 05

10 Muscle strengthening 03 14 17
Aerobic exercise and group
11 04 05 09
Exercise

12 Posture 03 05 08

13 Gait 05 05 10

TOTAL 48 96 144

79
Sl. No Topics Didactic Practical Total hours
hours hours
1. PROPRIOCEPTIVE NEURO MUSCULAR
FACILITATION
Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation–
Principles, Diagonal patterns of movements, Basic
procedures, Upper Extremity Diagonal patterns,
Lower Extremity Diagonal Patterns.
Technique in PNF – Rhythmic Initiation, Repeated
Contractions, Reversal of Antagonists,
Alternating Isometrics, Rhythmic Stabilization
2. COORDINATION AND BALANCE
Coordination – Definition, causes of coordination
disorder, Tests for coordination, Coordination
exercises.
Balance training: Definition and Key terms, Balance
control, Components of balance, Balance
Impairment,
Examination of Impaired Balance, Balance training
Exercises
MAT ACTIVITIES AND FUNCTIONAL
3. REEDUCATION
Introduction
Demonstrate common mat activities
INTRODUCTION TO MANUAL THERAPY AND JOINT
4. MOBILIZATION TECHNIQUES

Joint mobilization:
Definition – Mobilization, Manipulation, indications,
limitations, contraindications and precautions,
applications of Mobilization technique to various
joints.
Principles of Maitland, Mulligan and Mc kenzie joint
Manipulation techniques
5. SUSPENSION THERAPY
Principles
Suspension Apparatus Types of Suspension Effects
and uses
Techniques for individual joints
6. ASSISTIVE DEVICES
Walking Aids:
Types: Crutches, Canes, Frames, wheel chair
Principles and training with walking aids Indications
Selection / Prescription
Pre Walking Aids training Measurements
Gait with walking aids

7. TRACTION
Definition
Mechanism of action of traction
Indications and contraindications
Types of tractions, Based on method of application
based on nature of pull based on regions applied

80
8. RELAXATION TECHNIQUES AND BREATHING
EXERCISE
Breathing Exercises:
Aims and Goals of Breathing Exercises, Procedures of
Diaphragmatic Breathing, Segmental Breathing,.
Pursed- Lip Breathing, Preventing and Relieving
Episodes of Dyspnea, Positive Expiratory Pressure
Breathing, Respiratory ResistanceTraining,
Glossopharyngeal
Breathing
9. HYDROTHERAPY

Hydrotherapy:
Definitions, principles, Goals and Indications,
Precautions and Contraindications, Properties of
water,Therapeutic Exercises in Hydrotherapy,
Special equipments used
10. AEROBIC EXERCISE AND GROUP EXERCISE

Definitions, Physiological response to

Aerobic Exercise, Evaluation of aerobic capacity –
exercise testing, Determinant
of Aerobic Exercise, Physiological Changes with
Aerobic Training, Aerobic Exercise Program.
Introduction, Advantages and Disadvantages,
Indications and Contraindications of group exercises.
Formation of group-Space, Selection of patients,
Number of patients, Instruction
to patients and Group exercise. Type of exercise
11. MUSCLE STRENGTHENING

Definition – strength, power, endurance. Factors

influencing the strength of normal muscle
hypertrophy, recruitment of motor units change
after the training.
Principles- overload, intensity, motivation, learning,
duration, frequency, reversibility, specificity and
determinants.
Guiding principle of resisted exercise, determinants,
types, Manual and Mechanical Resistance Exercise.
Training with isometric Exercise, Dynamic Exercise -
Concentric and Eccentric, Dynamic Exercise -
Constant and Variable Resistance, Isokinetic
Exercise, Open- Chain and Closed-Chain Exercise,
precautions, indications and contraindications.
Progressive Resistance Exercise - De‘ Lormes,
Oxford, MacQueen, Circuit Weight Training,
Plyometric training Training—Stretch-
Shortening Drills, Isokinetic Regimens
Individual Muscle
Strengthening Exercises
12. POSTURE

Posture: Definition, Postural control,

Normal Posture, Types of posture, Posture
assessment - Postural Alignment, Postural Stability,
Postural
Impairment and Mal-Alignment,Postural Training

81
 13. GAIT

a) Introduction, definition, gait cycle, phases of gait,

muscular activity during stance andswing phase and
characteristics of normalgait- vertical displacement
of COG(pelvic tilt ) lateral pelvic tilt, Horizontaldip
of pelvis, pelvis forward and backward rotation,
knee flexion, double limb support, single limb
support, cadence, step length, stride length, step
duration, stride
duration, base width, degree of toe out or foot angle

b) Pathological gait

c) Gait Training: Definition, Different methodsof Gait

Training, Gait Training in Parallel Bars

PRACTICAL:
1. Joint Mobilisation to individual joint
2. Stretching of individual and group muscles
3. Resisted exercises to individual and group muscles, open and closed kinematic exercises
4. PNF patterns to upper and lower limb.
5. Various types breathing exercises, chest mobilization exercises, postural drainage
6. Gait training with various walking aids

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Principles of Exercise Therapy – Dena Gardiner
2. Massage, Manipulation & Traction – Sydney Litch
3. Therapeutic Exercise – Sydney Litch
4. Massage – M. Hollis
5. Practical Exercisetherapy– Margaret Hollis
6. Hydrotherapy – Kisner, Hollis
7. Biomechanics – Cynthia Norkins
8. Clinical Kinesiology-Brunnstrom
9. Cash‟ s Textbook for Physiotherapists in Chest, Heart & Vascular diseases

RECOMMENDED REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Therapeutic Exercise – Carolyn Kisner
2. Asanas-Why & How – Omprakash Tiwari

82
SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the
syllabus
Essay 30
Q1-Essay-15 Marks
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks Maximum Marks

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks) for both theory and practical separately. Internal
assessment given for Theory and Practical follows as per University pattern

83
 KINESIOLOGY - I (SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -302)

Didactic-80 Hrs [TOTAL - 80HRS]

COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course integrates the knowledge of anatomy and enables the student to
have a better understanding of the principles of biomechanics, the science of movement and their
application in musculoskeletal function and dysfunction. The practical sessions also helps the students to
experience clinically the application of the principles of Biomechanics.

OBJECTIVES COGNITIVE

1. Define kinetics and kinematics and lever system with respect to biomechanical aspects of human
body
2. Mechanical basics of joint and muscle‘s structure and function
3. Enumerate the biomechanical basics of shoulder, elbow, wrist complex, temporomandibular
joint, thorax and chest wall.
4. Comprehend the abnormal mechanics associated with pathology of shoulder, elbow, wrist
complex, Tempro mandibular joint, thorax and chest wall

Psychomotor

1. Demonstrate the arthrokinamatic movements that accompany osteo kinematic movements at

joint level of shoulder, elbow, wrist complex using models.
2. Imitate the various chest wall Tempromandibular joint functions using skeletal model.
3. Present an analytical summary of biomechanical derangements and dysfunctions that leads to
various pathological conditions in shoulder, elbow, wrist complex, temporo mandibular joint,
thorax and chest wall.
Affective

1. At the end of training the student should be able to -

2. The student should be able to correlate the knowledge of biomechanics, and increase proficiency
in understanding the mechanical functioning of the human movements and its clinical application
during evaluation and treatment.

84
 Practical/
S. Didactic Total
TOPIC
Laboratory
NO hours hours
hours

1 INTRODUCTION TO BIOMECHANICS 06 06

2 JOINT STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION 10 10

3 MUSCLE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION 10 10

BIOMECHANICS OF SHOULDER 13
4 13
COMPLEX

BIOMECHANICS OF ELBOW 09
5 09
COMPLEX

BIOMECHANICS OF WRIST AND HAND 13

6 13
COMPLEX

BIOMECHANICS OF 09
7 09
TEMPROMANDIBULAR JOINT

BIOMECHANICS OF THORAX AND 10

8 10
CHEST WALL

TOTAL 80 80

85
 SYLLABUS

Sl no Topic Didactic Practical Total

hour hour hour
1 INTRODUCTION TO BIOMECHANICS
Kinetics, kinematics, concurrent force system, parallel
force system, momentum of the force, force components,
equilibrium of levers
2 JOINT STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
Joint design, joint categories, joint functions, materials
used in
human joints, general effects of diseases, injury and
immobilization
3 MUSCLE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
Introduction, Elements of muscle structure
Muscle Function Muscle tension
Classification of muscles Factors affecting muscle tension
Effects of immobilization , Injury and aging
4 BIOMECHANICS OF SHOULDER
COMPLEX
Components of the shoulder complex
Scapulothoracic joint Acromioclavicular joint
Glenohumeral joint
Integrated functions of the shoulder complex
Scapulohumeral rhythm
Structural dysfunction Muscles of elevation
Muscles of depression
5 BIOMECHANICS OF ELBOW
COMPLEX
Structure and function of the humeroulnar and humero
radial joints
Structure and function of the superior and inferior radio-
ulnar joints
Mobility and stability of elbow complex Effects of
immobilization and injury
6 BIOMECHANICS OF WRIST AND HAND
COMPLEX
Wrist complex
Structure and function of the wrist complex Hand complex
Structure of the fingers Figure musculature Structure of
the thumb Thumb musculature Prehension
Power grip Precision handling
Functional position of the wrist and hand
7 BIOMECHANICS OF
TEMPOROMANDIBULAR JOINT
Structure and functions of the Temporomandibular joint
TMJ Dysfunctions
8 BIOMECHANICS OF THORAX AND
CHEST WALL
General structure and function of rib cage Articulations of
rib cage
Kinematics of ribs and manubriosternum Muscle associated
with the rib cage Diaphragm
Abdomen
Coordination and integration of ventilator motions
Developmental aspects of structure and functions Changes
in normal structure and function
TOTAL 80 80

86
PRACTICAL
1. Shall be conducted for various joint movements in the Upper limbs, TMJ, Chest wall and analysis
of the same. The student should be able to explain and demonstrate the movements occurring at
the joints, the muscles involved, the movements or muscle action produced, and mention the
axis and planes through which the movements occur.
2. The demonstrations may be done on models or skeleton.

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Joint structure and function – Cynthia c. Norkin and Pamela k. Levangie
2. Basic biomechanics explained - John low and Ann reed
3. Fundamentals of Biomechanics -Duane Knudson
4. The Physiology of the Joints- I. A. Kapandji MD

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the
syllabus 80
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 2x15=30 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions 10x2=20 20
10 questions- 2 marks
each
Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks

1. Internal assessment as per University pattern

87
 ELECTROTHERAPY-I (SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -303)

Didactic 32 hrs+ Practical 64hrs [TOTAL-96 Hrs]

COURSE DESCRIPTION: In this course the student will learn the principles, Techniques, Effects,
indications, contraindications and the dosage parameter for the various low and medium frequency
currents in the restoration of physical function.

Practical/
S. Didactic Total
TOPIC Laboratory
NO hours hours hours
1 BASIC PHYSICS OF LOW FREQUENCY CURRENTS 05 10 15
2 LOW FREQUENCY CURRENTS 08 15 23
3 BASIC PHYSICS OF MEDIUM FREQUENCY CURRENTS 05 12 17

4 MEDIUM FREQUENCY CURRENTS 09 12 21

5 ELECTRO DIAGNOSIS 05 15 20
TOTAL 32 64 96

OBJECTIVES:

Cognitive:
1. At the end of the course, the candidate will be able to:
2. The basic physics principles & laws of electricity, describe the main electrical supply, electric
shock, precautions, enumerate types & production of various therapeutic electrical currents &
describe the panel diagrams of the machines.
3. Physiological and therapeutic applications, indications and contra indications of low and medium
Frequency currents.
Psychomotor
1. At the end of the course the candidate will be able to –
2. Test the working of the various low and medium electrotherapeutic equipments
3. Describe in brief, certain common electrical components such as capacitor, static and current
electricity. Describe & identify various types of electrodes used in therapeutics, describe
electrical skin resistance & significance of various media used to reduce skin resistance.
Applications of low and medium frequency currents.
Affective
At the end of training the student should be able to -Lectures, demonstration, practical and clinics the
student will be able to list the indications, contra indications, dosages of electrotherapy modalities,
demonstrate the different techniques and describe their effects on various conditions.

88
 SYLLABUS

Sl:no Topics Didactic Practical Total

hour hour hour
1 BASIC PHYSICS OF LOW FREQUENCY CURRENTS

FUNDAMENTALS OF LOW AND MEDIUM FREQUENCY

CURRENTS:
Basic physics: structure of atom, isotopes, states of
matter.
Characteristic of lines of forces: potential energy,
potential difference and EMF

Condenser: principles, types, construction, working,

charging and discharging, capacitive Resistance and
uses.

Static electricity: theories, production of

electric charge, characteristic of charge body. Current
electricity: units of electricity, farad, volt, ampere,
ohms law, coulomb, watt, rheostat, potentiometer,
ammeter, voltmeter functioning and uses.

Shock: Definition, types of shock, Electric and Earth

shock, micro and macro shocks, severity, causes,
effects, precautions and management.
Fuse construction, working and application. Chokes:
principle, construction, working and uses. Electrical
skin Resistance: skin resistance, factors affecting skin
resistance, methods to reduce skin resistance.
Principles of application electrode tissue interface,
tissue impedance, types of electrode, size and
placement of electrodes, electrode coupling, lowering
of skin resistance.
Action potential
Resting membrane potential
Propagation of action potential, motor unit, synapse,
Sensory Action Potential, Nerve and muscle physiology,
Accommodation,
Stimulation of innervated, denervated muscle.
PAIN:
Definition, theories of pain, pain gate control theory,
descending pain suppressive system. Pain pathway

2 LOW FREQUENCY CURRENTS

A. FARADIC CURRENT:
Definition, type, Duration, Faradic current production,
working, smart Bristow faradic coil, surger, sinusoidal
currents, applications and uses, short and long pulse
currents, motor points, physiological, therapeutic,
indications and contra indications, Faradic Re
education. Various techniques of applications of
faradic current

B. GALVANIC CURRENT (INTERRUPTED D.C):

Definition, type, Duration, shape, frequency,
production, property of accommodation, techniques
and methods of applications,
89
 - types- Anodal and cathodal, therapeutic effects and
uses, Dangers and precautions. Effect of interrupted
galvanic current on normally innervated and
denervated muscles and partially denervated muscle.
Ionization, Intophorosis, theory of medical ionization,
effects and uses of various ions, indications, contra
indications, dangers and precautions.

C. TRANSCUTANEOUS ELECTRICALNERVE
STIMULATION:
(T.E.N.S) Definition, parameters, wavelength, wave
form, frequency, pulse width, amplitude, types of
TENS, acupuncture TENS, Burst mode TENS, Brief
intense TENS, High and Low TENS, conventional mode
TENS, Principles and applications of TENS, electrode
placement, physiological effects, therapeutic effects,
Advantages and disadvantages, uses, indicationsand
contra indications, role of TENS in
relief of pain.
3 OTHER LOW FREQUENCY CURRENTS
HVPGS- parameters and uses Micro and macro currents
Diadynamic current,
Functional electrical stimulation

BASIC PHYSICS OF MEDIUM FREQUENCY CURRENTS

Amplitude modulation, Amplitude Modulation
Frequency, current distribution, current intensity,
Rotating vector, frequency Sweep, Alternating bi -
directional current, ohmic resistance, capacitive
resistance.

4 MEDIUM FREQUENCY CURRENTS

INTERFERENTIAL THERAPY: Definition,
principle, types, production, static and dynamic
interferential current, isoplanar vector field.
Quadripolar, bipolar, vector scanning mode, vacuum
via IFT, parameters of IFT, treatment duration.
Electrode placement of IFT, dosage, Methods of
applications, physiological, therapeutic effects,
dangers, indications and contraindications. IFT for
Arthritis, Migraine Head ache, Urinary incontinence,
intermittent claudication etc.
Russian currents Rebox type current
5 ELECTRO DIAGNOSIS
Strength and Duration curve, FG test, principle of SD
curves, technique of plotting, apparatus selection,
characteristic of normally innervated muscle,
characters of partially denervated muscle, character of
completely denervated muscle, Interpretation of normal
curve, chronaxie and rheobase, factors that affect
accuracy of SD curves, galvanic tetanus ratio.
Electromyography, Nerve conduction tests.

BIO-FEED BACK –principles, types, applications and use

TOTAL 32 64 96

90
PRACTICAL:
1. Demonstrate the technique for patient evaluation, receiving the patient and positioning the
patient for Treatment using Electrotherapy.
2. Collection of materials requires for treatment using electrotherapy modalities and testing of the
apparatus.
3. Demonstrate the patient electrodes for various electrotherapy modalities.
4. Electrical stimulation for various muscles supplied by peripheral nerves,
5. Selection of current differentiate between the type of current, Duration, shape, and frequency
of current used, treatment of various types of peripheral nerve lesions.
6. Faradism under pressure for upper limb and lower limb.
7. Deltoid and quadriceps inhibition
8. Demonstrate FG test
9. Plotting SD curve differentiate the innervated and denervated muscles withchronaxie and
rheobase
10. Demonstrate the treatment methods using TENS for various conditions with parameters and
dosage.
11. Demonstrate the treatment methods using IFT for various conditions with Parameters and dosage
RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS
1. Clayton 1s Electro therapy – 10th edition
2. Electro therapy explained – Low & Reed
3. Electro Therapy – Kahn
4. Electrotherapy Evidence Based Practice-Sheila Kitchen 11th edition
5. Thermal Agents – Cameroon.
6. Clinical Electrotherapy -- Nelson & Currier

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the 80
syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks
Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each
Short Answer questions
Answer all the questions10x2=20 20
10 questions- 2 marks each
Total 80

PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks Maximum Marks

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks) for both theory and practical separately. Internal assessment
given for Theory and Practical follows as per University pattern

91
 PATHOLOGY, MICROBIOLOGY AND PHARMACOLOGY
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -304)

DIDACTIC-30 +30 + 20 Hrs [TOTAL - 80HRS]

COURSE DESCRIPTION :( PATHOLOGY)

Students will develop an understanding of pathology underlying clinical disease states

involving the major organ systems and epidemiological issues. Students will learn to recognize
pathology signs and symptoms considered red flags for serious disease. Students will use problem-
solving skills and information about pathology to decide when referrals to another health care provider
or alternative interventions are indicated. Students will develop the ability to disseminate pertinent
information and findings, and ascertain the appropriate steps to follow.

The course more deals with structural impairments as an important part in ICF
Classification.

COURSE DESCRIPTION :( MICROBIOLOGY)

Students will develop an understanding of pathology underlying clinical disease states

and involving the major organ systems and epidemiological issues. Epidemiological issues will be
presented and discussed. Students will learn to recognize pathology signs and symptoms considered red
flags for serious disease. Students will use problem-solving skills and information about pathology to
decide when referral to another health care provider or alternative intervention is indicated. Students
will develop the ability to disseminate pertinent information and findings, and ascertain the
appropriate steps to follow.

COURSE DESCRIPTION: (PHARMACOLOGY)

This course covers the basic knowledge of Pharmacology including administration,

physiologic response and adverse effects of drugs under normal and pathologic conditions. Topics focus
on the influence of drugs in rehabilitation patient/client management. Drugs used in iontophoresis and
phonoporesis will be discussed in detail.

92
 Total Hours (80)
Sr. No. Pathalogy, Microbiology, And Pharmacology

Pathology(30)

1 General Pathology 15

2 Systemic Pathology 15

Microbiology(30)

1 General Bacteriology 04

2 Systematic Bacteriology 04

3 Immunology 04

4 General Virology 04

5 Parasitology 04
6 Mycology 05
7 Clinical/Applied Microbiology 05

Pharmacology (20)
1 General Pharmacology 02

2 Autonomic Nervous System 02

3 Cardio Vascular System 02

4 Drugs Used In Blood Disorders 02

5 Neuro Pharmacology 02

6 Disorders Of Movement 02

7 Endocrine Pharmacology 02

8 Git 02

9 Inflammatory/ Immune Disease 02

10 Respiratory Pharmacology 02

11 Chemotherapy 02
12 Immunological Agents And Vaccines 02

13 Anti Septic And Disinfectant 02

14 Geriatrics 02

15 Dermatological Drugs 02

Total 80

93
 SYLLABUS

PATHOLOGY = 30 hrs
Sr. No. Topics Didactic Practical Total
General Pathology
Introduction
Aims and objects of study of pathology,
definitions of health, disease, causes of disease,
methods of study of disease.
Cell injuries
Causes of cell injury features of cell injury
mechanism of cell injury – hypoxia, free radical
injury. Necrosis and gangrene Inflammation
Definition, events of acute inflammation,
chemical mediator of inflammation,
morphological types of acute inflammation,
chronic inflammation, difference between acute
and chronic inflammation
Repair
Primary healing, secondary healing, factors
affecting healing and repair healing of skin,
muscle and bone
Immunopathology
Natural and acquired. immunological
mechanisms of tissue injury hypersensitivity
reactions, general features of autoimmune
diseases and immunodeficiency diseases
Infectious diseases (In Brief)
Mycobacterial diseases: Tuberculosis, Leprosy
and Syphilis. Bacterial disease: Pyogenic,
Diphtheria, Gram negative infection, Bacillary
dysentery.
Viral diseases: Poliomyelitis, Herpes, Rabies,
Measles, HIV infection.
Fungal disease and opportunistic infections.
Parasitic diseases: Malaria, Filaria, Amoebiasis,
Kala-azar.
Circulatory Disturbances:
Oedema, hyperemia, Haemorrhage, shock,
embolism, thrombosis,infarction
Growth Disturbances and Neoplasia
Characteristic of benign and malignant tumors a
brief outline of the carcinogenic agents and
general effects of malignancy on theHost
Nutritional Disorders
Deficiency disorders (protein deficiency, vitamin
deficiency(A,B,C,D,E,K) causes , features , a
brief outline of the methods of diagnosis.
Genetic Disorders
Basic concepts of genetic disorders and some
common examples and congenital malformation.

Systemic Pathology
A brief outline of aetiology, pathogenesis and
general features of disease of the following
systems. The morphology, microscopic details
and details of diagnostic procedures. Blood
Disorders of RBC,WBC, platelets

94
Blood Vessels
Atherosclerosis, thromboangitisobliterence,
varicose vein, DVT, thrombophlebitis,
lymphoedema.

Respiratory System
Pneumonia,Bronchitis,Bronchiectasis,Asthma,
Emphysema,Tuberculosis, Carcinoma of lungs,
Occupational lung diseases Cardiovascular
Pathology
Congestive cardiac failure, ischemic heart
disease, rheumatic heart disease, infective
heart disease (pericarditis, myocarditis,
endocarditis), Buerger‗s diseases, Alimentary
tract
Oral Pathology: Ulcers, leukoplakia, Carcinoma,
oral cavity diseases, Stomach: Gastritis, Ulcer
and Tumors'.
Pancreatitis and pancreatic tumors :
Exocrine, ii) Endocrine
Hepato – biliary pathology Jaundice: Types,
aetio-pathogenesis Hepatitis: Acute, Chronic,
neonatal. Alcoholic liver disease Cirrhosis: Post
necrotic, Alcoholic, Metabolic and Portal
Hypertension
Lymphatic System
Diseases of the gall bladder: Cholecystitis,
Cholelithiasis, Carcinoma.
Lymphadenitis –Nonspecific and granulomatous
Causes of lymph node enlargements.
Musculoskeletal System Joints disorders
Arthritis- types and features
Bone Disorders Osteoporosis, pagets disease,
osteogenesisimperfecta, osteomylitis, tumors–
osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewings
sarcoma, multiple myloma
Muscles:
Muscular dystrophy, Myasthenia gravis,
Volkmann‘s Ischemic contracture Endocrine
pathology
Diabetes Mellitus: Types, Pathogenesis,
Pathology : Non-neoplastic lesions of Thyroid:
Iodine deficiency- Goiter Autoimmune
Thyroiditis, Thyrotoxicosis, myxedema,
Hashimoto's Thyroiditis.
Neuropathology
CNS: Meningitis, Encephalitis, Cerebral
Hemorrhage, CVA,
Brief outline of CNS Tumors Peripheral Nerves
Neuritis, Neuralgia, GBS, Neuropathies. Skin
Scleroderma, Psoriasis, Autoimmune disorders

95
MICROBIOLOGY = 30 hrs
General Bacteriology
Introduction, historical background,
classification of micro – organisms
Morphology of bacteria Staining of bacteria
Sterilization and Disinfection Cultivation and
culture media
Drug resistance and Antimicrobial susceptibility
Systematic Bacteriology Gram-Positive cocci –
Streptococci, Pneumococci, Staphylococci Gram-
Negative Cocci –
Gono and Meningococci Gram-Positive Bacilli
Gram-Negative Bacilli-Typhoid, Cholera,
Dysentery Aerobic-Diptheria, T.B., Leprosy
Anaerobic-Tetanus, Gas Gangrene, Botulism
Immunology Immunity, Antigens
Antibodies, Ag-Ab Reaction Agglutination,
precipitation
Hypersensitivity reactions ELISA
General Virology Poliomyelitis Rabies
Parasitology Malaria Amoebiasis Round worm,
Hook worm & Tap worm Mycology Candidiasis
Ring worm Subcutaneous & systemic infections
Clinical/Applied Microbiology Streptococcal
infections: Rheumatic fever and Rheumatic
heart disease,
Meningitis, Tuberculosis,
Pyrexia of unknown origin, leprosy, Sexually
transmitted diseases, Hospital acquired
infections Poliomyelitis, Hepatitis, Acute-
respiratory infections, Central nervous System
infections, Biomedical waste
management&universal precautions
Urinary tract infections, Pelvic inflammatory
disease, Wound infection,
opportunistic infections, HlV infection, Malaria,
Filariasis, Zonotic diseases.

PHARMACOLOGY = 20 hrs
GENERAL PHARMACOLOGY
Introduction, Definition, Sources of drugs ,
Routes of drug administration, Absorption and
Distribution – definition, factors modifying,
basics of Metabolism and routes of drug
excretion, basics of mechanism of drug action-
receptor and non receptor, agonist and
antagonist, Factors modifying drugs responses,
Adverse effects.

AUTONOMIC NERVOUS SYSTEM

Sympathetic and Para sympathetic Neuro
transmitters – synthesis, Release, Metabolism.
Parasympathetic and sympathetic Agonist and
Antagonist, skeletal muscle relaxant.

CARDIO VASCULAR SYSTEM

Basic mechanism of action, brief
pharmacological action and adverse effect and
uses-

96
CCF-Digitalis,
Antihypertensive drugs
Antianginal drugs, Myocardial infarction,
Hemostasis Lipid –Lowering agents, Diuretics

DRUGS USED IN BLOOD DISORDERS

Iron preparations - uses, adverse effects, folic
acid uses,
Anti-thrombotic, Coagulants and Anticoagulants,
thrombolytic

NEURO PHARMACOLOGY
Basic mechanism of action, brief
pharmacological action and adverse effect and
uses-
Sedative-Hypnotic Drugs- Barbiturates,
Benzodiazepines,
Anti anxiety drugs
Antidepressants
Antipsychotic drugs
Opioids- Morphine and Opioids Antagonist
Alcohol
DISORDERS Of MOVEMENT
Drugs used in Treatment of Parkinson‘s Disease,
Antiepileptic Drugs,Spasticity.
ENDOCRINE PHARMACOLOGY
Uses And Adverse Effect Of T3, T4, Name Of
Anti- Thyroid Drugs, Uses Adverse Effects, Ratio-
Active Iodine
Insulin- Short, intermediate and long acting,
uses adverse effects and treatment of
hypoglycemia
Mechanism of action of prototype and other oral
hypo-
Glycemic drugs, uses and adverse effects

GIT
a) Peptic ulcer- Drugs used, brief mechanism,
uses and adverse effects
Drugs used for constipation, Diarrhoea

INFLAMMATORY/ IMMUNE DISEASE

Basic mechanism of action, brief

pharmacological action and adverse effect and
uses-
Non steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs-
Paraceatamol, Aspirin, Diclofenac sodium,
ibuprofen,
Indomethacin, COX 2 Inhibitors
Use of Glucocorticoids,
Drugs used in treatment o Arthritics Disease-
Rheumatoid Arthritis, Osteoarthritis, Gout,
Treatment of neuromuscular, Immune/
Inflammatory Diseases- Myasthenia gravis,
Idiopathic inflammatory Myopathies, systemic
lupus Erythematosus, Scleroderma,
Demyelinating Disease

RESPIRATORY PHARMACOLOGY

97
 a) Drugs in Bronchial asthma, C.O.P.D, cough
Allergic Rhinitis

CHEMOTHERAPY
Antibiotics used in gram +ve, gram – ve and both
infection,
Drugs used in viral infection including HIV
Drugs used in Leprosy Drugs used in TB

IMMUNOLOGICAL AGENTS AND VACCINES

Names of immune-suppressants, brief mechanism
of action, uses and adverse effects
Names of immune-stimulants
Anti Cancer drugs -general toxicity, mechanism
of action, uses, adverse effects of commonly
used drugs- chlorambucil,6-Mercaptopurine, 5-
Fluorouracil, Cisplatin, Methotrexate, Vinca
alkaloids, taxanes, antibiotics ,

Anti Septic And Disinfectant

GERIATRICS
Importance of drug prescription in geriatrics
population

DERMATOLOGICAL DRUGS
Scabies, Psoriasis, Local antifungal
Total 80 80

REFERENCE AND RECOMMENDED BOOKS: PATHOLOGY

1. Text book of pathology: Harshmohan
2. General and systemic pathology: Churchill Livingstone
3. Text book of Pathology: Robbins.

MICROBIOLOGY

1. Short text book of Medical Microbiology by Sathish Gupta

2. Text book of Microbiology by JayaramPanicker
3. Microbiology & Parasitology by Rajeshwar Reddy
4. Text book of Microbiology by Anantha Narayanan
5. Microbiology by Baveja
6. Text book of microbiology by Chakraborthy

PHARMACOLOGY

1. Pharmacology for Physiotherapy –Padmaja Udaykumar

2. Pharmacology for Physiotherapist –H. L. Sharma, K. K. Sharma
3. Essentials of Medical Pharmacology – K. D. Tripathi
4. Pharmacology and Pharmacotherapeutics – Dr. R S Satoskar, Dr. Nirmala N. Rege,

98
 SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus 80
Essay
30
Q1-Essay-15 Marks
Q2-Essay-15 Marks
Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions - 5 marks each
Short Answer questions
Answer all the questions10x2=20 20
10 questions- 2 marks each
Total 80

Question Paper Pattern:

Section A: Pathology (Total Marks: 30)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks

1 Essay 01 15 15

2 Short Notes 01 05 05

3 Short Answer Questions 05 02 10

Section B – Microbiology (Total Marks: 30)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks

1 Essay 01 15 15

2 Short Notes 01 05 05

3 Short Answer Questions 05 02 10

Section C- Pharmacology (Total Marks: 20)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks

1 Short Notes 04 20 20

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks) (all three subjects IA average will be taken for internals) 1.
Internal assessment follows as per University pattern

99
 NON EXAMINATION COURSE NATURAL DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Total hours = 48 hrs

COURSE DESCRIPTION:

The course gives an overview of issues related to disaster management including a history of the field,
comprehensive emergency management and integrated emergency management, risk reduction and
management and current issues in the field.

OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course, the candidate will be able to:

Cognitive:
1. Defining disaster and the brief history of disasters and its classification
2. Understanding the various approaches to disaster risk reduction and disaster management skills.
Comprehending the relationship between disaster and development

Psychomotor:
1. To be able to present various disaster and relate it to development and analyze the same. Field
work on minimizing the disaster and building the culture of safety.
2. Performing project work, which is creatively designed based on the geographical location and
hazard profile of the region where the college is located.

Affective :
1. In the view of disaster, the student should be able to understand and volunteer towards the
needs of the society based on the requirements.
The course gives an overview of issues related to disaster management including a history of the field,
comprehensive emergency management and integrated emergency management, risk reduction and
management and current issues in the field.

S. NO Didactic Practical/ Total

TOPIC hours Laboratory hours
hours

1 Introduction to Disasters 03 03
2 Disasters 03 08 11
3 Approaches to Disaster Risk reduction 03 08 11
4 Inter-relationship between Disasters and Development 03 08 11
5 Disaster Risk Management in India 04 08 12
TOTAL 16 32 48

100
 SYLLABUS
S. NO TOPIC Didactic Practical Total
hours hours
1 Introduction to Disasters 03 03
Concepts, and definitions (Disaster, Hazard, Vulnerability,
Resilience, Risks)
2 Disasters 03 08 11
Classification, Causes, Impacts (including social, economic,
political, environmental, health, psychosocial, etc., )
Differential impacts- in terms of caste, class, gender, age,
location, disability Global trends in disasters. urban disasters,
pandemics, complex emergencies, Climate Change
3 Approaches to Disaster Risk reduction 03 08 11
Disaster cycle - its analysis, Phases, Culture of safety,
prevention, mitigation and preparedness community based
DRR, Structural- nonstructural nurses roles and
responsibilities of- community, Panchayat Raj
Institutions/Urban Local Bodies (PRIs/ULBs), states, Centre,
and other stake-holders.
4 Inter-relationship between Disasters and Development 03 08 11
Factors affecting Vulnerabilities, differential impacts,
impact of Development projects such as dams, embankments,
changes in Land-use etc. Climate Change Adaptation.
Relevance of indigenous knowledge, appropriate technology
and local resources.
5 Disaster Risk Management in India 04 08 12

Hazard and Vulnerability profile of India Components of

Disaster Relief: Water, Food, Sanitation, Shelter, Health,
Waste Management Institutional arrangements (Mitigation,
Response and Preparedness, DM Act and Policy, Other related
policies, plans, programmes and legislation).
TOTAL 16 32 48

Suggested Reading list:

1. Alexander David, Introduction in 'Confronting Catastrophe', Oxford University Press, 2000

2. Andharia J. Vulnerability in Disaster Discourse, JTCDM, Tata Institute of Social Sciences Working
Paper no. 8, 2008
3. Blaikie, P, Cannon T, Davis I, Wisner B 1997. At Risk Natural Hazards,Peoples' Vulnerability and
Disasters, Routledge.
4. Coppola P Damon, 2007. Introduction to International Disaster Management,
5. Carter, Nick 1991. Disaster Management: A Disaster Manager's Handbook.Asian Development
Bank, Manila Philippines.
6. Cuny, F. 1983. Development and Disasters, Oxford University Press.
7. Document on World Summit on Sustainable Development 2002.Govt. of India: Disaster
Management Act 2005, Government of India, NewDelhi.
8. Government of India, 2009. National Disaster Management Policy,
9. Gupta Anil K, Sreeja S. Nair. 2011 Environmental Knowledge for DisasterRisk Management, NIDM,
New Delhi Indian Journal of Social Work 2002. Special Issue on Psychosocial Aspects of Disasters,
Volume 63, Issue 2, April.

101
 NON EXAMINATION COURSE ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE SUBJECT CODE : SBVPT307
Didactic hours = 48 hrs

COURSE DESCRIPTION

The course gives an overview of multi disciplinary nature of environmental studies,

natural recourses, and ecosystem. The course also deals with issues of environmental pollution,
population and human rights.

S. TOPIC Didactic Practical/ Total

NO hours Laborator hours
y hours
Unit 1 : Multidisciplinary nature of 07 07
1 environmental studies
2 Unit 2 : Natural Resources 05 05
3 Unit 3 : Ecosystems 08 08
4 Unit 4 : Biodiversity and its conservation 06 06
5 Unit 5 : Environmental Pollution 05 05
6 Unit 6 :Environment Issues 05 05
7 Unit 7 : Population and Human rights 06 06
8 Unit 8 : Field work 06 06
TOTAL 48 48

Learning Objectives:
At the end of the course, the candidate will be able to:
Cognitive:
1. List down the natural recourses and ecosystem.
2. Define pollution and its impact on the society and various environmental issues.
3. List down the human rights concerned to health, women and child welfare.

Psychomotor
1. Perform community visits and carryout documentation of environmental asset
2. Visit sites of pollution and analyse its impact on society

Affective
In the view of ecosystem, the student should be able to understand and treat all animals
without
harm and be a effective member of the ecosystem. The student should behave with respect to
neighbors and work hand in hand with the society in controlling pollution of any form.

102
 SYLLABUS

1 Multidisciplinary nature of environmental

studies
Definition, scope and importance
Need for public awareness.
2 Natural Resources
Natural resources and associated problems. Forest resources:
Use and over-exploitation,
deforestation, case studies. Timber extraction, mining,
dams and their effects on forest and tribal people. Water
resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water,
floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and
problems.
Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects
of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies.
Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by
agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture,
fertilizer- pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case
studies.
Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non
renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources. Case
studies.
Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, man
induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification.
Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.

3 Ecosystems
Concept of an ecosystem.
Structure and function of an ecosystem. Producers, consumers
and decomposers. Energy flow in the ecosystem.
Ecological succession.
Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids Introduction,
types, characteristic features, structure and function of the
following ecosystem :-
Forest ecosystem Grassland ecosystem Desert ecosystem
Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans,
estuaries)

4 Biodiversity and its conservation

Introduction – Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity.
Biogeographical classification of India
Value of biodiversity consumptive use, productive use, social,
ethical, aesthetic and option values.
Biodiversity at global, National and local levels. India as a mega-
diversity nation
Hot-sports of biodiversity
Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of
wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts.
Endangered and endemic species of India
Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of
biodiversity.

103
 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition
Cause, effects and control measures of :- Air pollution
Water pollution Soil pollution Marine pollution Noise pollution
Thermal pollution Nuclear hazards
Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures
of urban and industrial wastes.
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. Pollution case
studies.
Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and
landslides.
6 Environment Issues
From Unsustainable to Sustainable development Urban problems
related to energy
Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed
management
Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and
concerns. Case Studies
Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions.
Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies
Wasteland reclamation. Consumerism and waste products.
Environment Protection Act.
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. Water (Prevention
and control of Pollution) Act Wildlife Protection Act
Forest Conservation Act
Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation.
Public awareness.
7 Population and Human rights
Population growth, variation among nations.
Population explosion – Family Welfare Programme VII
Environment and human health. Human Rights.
Value Education. HIV/AIDS.
Women and Child Welfare
Role of Information Technology in Environment and human
health.
Case Studies.
8 Field work
Visit to a local area to document environmental assets river/
forest/ grassland/ hill/ mountain
Visit to a local polluted site- Urban/ Rural/ Industrial/
Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, birds.
Study of simple ecosystems-pond, river, hill slopes,etc.
Total 48 48

REFERENCE
1. Agarwal, K.C. 2001 Environmental Biology, Nidi Publ. Ltd. Bikaner.
2. BharuchaErach, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt.Ltd.,Ahmedabad – 380 013, India,
Email:[email protected] (R)
3. Brunner R.C., 1989, Hazardous Waste Incineration, McGraw Hill Inc. 480p
4. Clark R.S., Marine Pollution, Clanderson Press Oxford (TB)
5. Cunningham, W.P. Cooper, T.H. Gorhani, E & Hepworth, M.T. 2001,
6. Environmental Encyclopedia, Jaico Publ. House, Mumabai, 1196p
7. De A.K., Environmental Chemistry, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
8. Down to Earth, Centre for Science and Environment (R)
9. Gleick, H.P. 1993. Water in crisis, Pacific Institute for Studies in Dev.,
10. Environment & Security. Stockholm Env. Institute Oxford Univ. Press. 473p
11. Hawkins R.E., Encyclopedia of Indian Natural History, Bombay Natural

104
IV - SEMESTER

105
 KINESIOLOGY- II (SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -401)
Didactic-90 Hrs [TOTAL - 90HRS]

COURSE DESCRIPTION;
This course integrates the knowledge of anatomy and enables the student to have a better
understanding of the principles of biomechanics, the science of movement and their application in
musculoskeletal function and dysfunction. The practical sessions also helps the students to experience
clinically the application of the principles of Biomechanics

Total
Sr. No. Topics Didactic hours Hours
1 BIOMECHANICS OF VERTEBRAL 15 15
2 BIOMECHANICS OF HIP AND PELVIS 13 13
3 BIOMECHANICS OF KNEE JOINT 10 10
4 BIOMECHANICS OF ANKLE AND FOOT 10 10
5 POSTURE 14 14
6 GAIT 10 10
7 KINETICS AND KINAMATICS OF
VARIOUS ACTIVITIES OF ADL 08 08
TOTAL 80 80

OBJECTIVES:
1. The objective of this course is that after 90 hours of lectures, the student will be able to
demonstrate an understanding of the principles of biomechanics and the clinical application in
normal human body and in cases of dysfunctions.
2. Learn to analyze the functioning of the musculoskeletal system specific to the spine and the
lower extremity and integrate it with the basics of anatomy and principles of movement, Gait
and Posture.
3. Providing practical sessions that enable to understand the clinical application of the knowledge
of biomechanics in the concepts of leverage, forces etc.
4. To provide a start in incorporating these knowledge in the clinical reasoning process of physical
diagnosis and treatment.
Cognitive
1. Define kinetics and kinematics of vertebral column, hip, pelvis, knee complex, ankle complex
and foot.
2. Mechanical basics of posture and gait.
3. Describe the kinetics and kinematics of various activities of daily living.
4. Comprehend the abnormal mechanics associated with pathology of vertebral column, hip, pelvis,
knee complex, ankle complex and foot.
Psychomotor
1. Demonstrate the arthrokinematic movements that accompany osteokinematic movements at joint
level of vertebral column, hip, pelvis, knee complex, ankle complex and foot.
2. Imitate the various sequential activities involved in gait cycle and pathological abnormalities in
relation to spatial and temporal variables.
3. Analyze normal posture and interpret abnormalities in posture and demonstrate the abnormal
mechanics associated with the same.
Affective
At the end of training the student should be able to -
The student should be able to correlate the knowledge of biomechanics, and increase
proficiency in understanding the mechanical functioning of the human movements and its clinical
application during evaluation and treatment

106
SYLLABUS
Sr. No. Topics Total Hours

1 BIOMECHANICS OF VERTEBRAL COLUMN

a) General structure and function
b) Regional Structure And Function
c) Structures and functions of the
d) cervical, thoracic, lumbar and sacral
regions
e) Muscles of the vertebral column
f) General effects of aging ,injury and
g) development deficits
2 BIOMECHANICS OF HIP AND PELVIS
a) Structure and function of the hip joint
Hip joint musculature
b) Muscle function in stance Hip joint
pathology
c) 5.Structure and function of the pelvic
complex
3 BIOMECHANICS OF KNEE JOINT
1. Structure of the tibiofemoral joint
Femoral articular surface
Tibial articular surface
Tibiofemoral articulation
2. Knee joint capsule, ligaments, bursae
3.Knee joint function-
motions, muscles, stabilization
4.Patellofemoral joint
Articular surface
Joint congruence
Joint reaction forces
Medial and lateral stability
5. Effects of injury and disease
4 BIOMECHANICS OF ANKLE AND FOOT
Ankle joint structure and function
Structure and function of subtalar joint,
talocalcaneonavicular joint, transverse tarsal joint,
tarsometatarsal joint, metatarsophalangeal joint,
interphalangeal joints
Plantar arches – structure and function
Muscles of the ankle and foot
Deviations of normal structure and function
– pes planus, pes cavus
5 POSTURE
Introduction Static and dynamic posture control
External and internal forces
Optimal posture
Analysis of posture
Effects of age pregnancy, occupation and recreation on
posture

107
6 GAIT
1. Kinematics
a. Phases of gait cycle
b. Distance and time variable
c. Joint motion
d. Determinants of gait
2. Energy requirements
3. Kinetics
a. External and internal force
b. Sagittal plane analysis
c. Frontal plane analysis
4. Kinematics and kinetics of trunk
and upper extremity
5. Stair and running gaits
6. Joint motion and muscle activity in
running
7. Gait
KINETICS AND KINAMATICS OF VARIOUS ACTIVITIES
7 OF ADL
1. Activities Of Daily Living
a. Supine to sitting b. Sitting to standing
c. Squatting d. Climbing up and down
e. Lifting pulling, pushing, overhead
activities
f. Running, Jogging
Total 80 80

108
PRACTICAL
1. Shall be conducted for various joint movements in the lower limbs, Vertebral column and analysis
of the same.
2. Demonstration may also be given as how to analyze posture and gait. The student shall be taught
and demonstrated to analysis for activities of daily living – ADL – (like sitting to standing,
throwing, lifting etc.)
3. The student should be able to explain and demonstrate the movements occurring at the joints,
the muscles involved, the movements or muscle action produced, and mention the axis and
planes through which the movements occur.
4. The demonstrations may be done on models or skeleton.

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Joint structure and function – Cynthia c. Norkin and Pamela k. Levangie
2. Basic biomechanics explained - John low and Ann reed
3. Fundamentals of Biomechanics -Duane Knudson
The Physiology of the Joints- I. A. Kapandji MD

109
SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks
Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each
Short Answer questions
Answer all the questions10x2=20 10 questions- 2 marks each
20

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks)

Internal assessment follows as per University pattern

110
 ELECTROTHERAPY- II

Didactic –48 hrs+ Practical / Laboratory –96 hrs [TOTAL - 144 Hrs]

COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course tends to explore fundamental skills in application of

electrotherapeutic modalities and knowledge of indications, contraindications and physiological
principles needed for appropriate patient care. It includes topics such as Different types of Diathermy
Modalities, Ultrasound, Actinotherapy rays, some of the superficial heat modalities etc.

S.NO TOPIC Didactic Hours Practical Hours Total

1 Fundamentals of High Frequency 05 - 05
Currents
2 Deep Heat Modalities 15 30 45
3 Ultra Sonic Therapy 08 22 30
4 Light Therapy 08 24 32
5 Superficial Heat Modalities 08 14 22
6 Cryotherapy 04 06 10
Total Hours 48 96 144

Objectives:
At the end of the course, the candidate will be able to:

Cognitive –

1. Acquire the knowledge about the physiological effects therapeutic and biological effects of
Deep heat modalities.
2. Describe the Physiological effects, Therapeutic uses, indication & contraindications ofvarious
High Frequency modes /Light therapy/Therapeutic Sound waves.
3. Describe the Physiological Effects & therapeutic uses of various therapeutic ions&
4. topical pharmaco -therapeutic agents to be used for the application of phonophoresis and
various advanced high Frequency modalities.

Psychomotor –

1. Acquire the skills of testing and systematic maintenance of Electro therapeutic equipments.
2. Acquire the skills of application of the Electro therapy modes on models, for the purposeof
Assessment & Treatment.
3. Acquire an ability to select the appropriate mode as per the tissue specific & areaspecific
application.
4. Imitate the circuit diagrams of various electro therapeutic modalities.

Affective
At the end of training the student should be able to -The student should be able to correlate
the knowledge of functioning and safety of the physical agents, and increase proficiency in
understanding the effects of various types of electrotherapeutic modalities on the human body and its
clinical application during treatment and also respect and be aware of the emotional aspects of human
models without sexual discrimination.

111
 Syllabus
S.NO TOPIC Didactic Practical Total
Hours Hours Hours
1 FUNDAMENTALS OF HIGH FREQUENCY CURRENTS 05 - 05

Oscillations, properties of high frequency currents

Electromagnetic induction –production, Direction of
induced EMF, Eddy currents.
Magnetism Transformer
Physical effects of heat
Transmission of heat Radiant energy Laws governing
Radiations. Electromagnetic spectrum. Rectifying devices
Sound –Refraction /Reflection
2 DEEP HEAT MODALITIES: 15 30 45
SHORT WAVE DIATHERMY:
Definition,frequency,wavelength, principles and production
of SWD, circuit diagram, methods of application of SWD,
types of SWD electrodes, placement and spacing of
electrodes, tuning and testing of SWD, physiological,
therapeutic effects, indications & contraindications,
dangers, Dosage and parameters.

PULSED SHORTWAVE DIATHERMY: Principles,

production, parameters and uses.

MICROWAVE DIATHERMY:
Definition, wavelength, frequency, production, applicators,
dosages, parameters, physiological &therapeutic effects,
indications and contra indications, dangers of MWD.

OTHER HIGH FRQUECY MODALITIES

Shock wave therapy and its uses Long wave diathermy & its
uses.

3 ULTRASOUND THERAPY: 05 20 25
Definition, frequency, piezo electric effect on tissues,
direct, reverse, production of ultrasound, ultrasound fields,
half valve distance, attenuation, coupling media, thermal &
non thermal effects, principles and applications of US,
direct method, water bag solid sterile gel pack method for
wound, uses of US, indications, contra indications, dangers,
dosage of US, ultrasound in wound healing,
Phonophorosis: Definition, methods of application,
commonly used for drugs, uses and dosages.
4 LIGHT THERAPY: 08 24 32
LASER:
Definition, types, principles, production of LASER, methods
of application, dosage, physiological, therapeutic effects,
safety precautions, classification of laser, energy density
and power density, LASER therapy in Wound healing.
INFRA RED RADIATION:
Definition, spectral values of IRA, IRB, IRC.Frequency,
wavelength, parameters, IR generators, production of IRR,
physiological and therapeutic effects, duration, preparation
and precautions, dosage and Dangers of IRR.

112
 ULTRA VIOLET RADIATION:
Definition, spectral values, types, UVR generators, High
pressure mercury vapour lamp, water cooled mercury
vapour lamp, Kromayer lamp, Fluorescent tube, therakitin
tunnel, PUVA apparatus, physiological, & therapeutic
effects, sensitizers, filters, test dose calculation, erythema
formation, indications, contra indications, dangers, dosages
for different therapeutic
Effects

5 SUPERFICIAL HEAT MODALITIES: 08 12 20

Paraffin Wax therapy: Principles, latent heat, composition
of Wax, methods of application, physiological &
therapeutic effects, indications and contraindications,
dangers.
Hydro collateral packs
Hydro collateral packs, methods of applications,
therapeutic uses, indications and contra indications,
Cyclotherm :
Principles of production, therapeutic uses, indications &
contraindications.
Fluidotherapy:
construction, method of application, therapeutic uses,
indications &
Whirlpool bath:
Construction, method of application, therapeutic uses,
indications and contraindications.
6 CRYOTHERAPY: 04 04 08
Definition, principle, latent heat of fusion, physiological &
therapeutic effects, techniques of application, indications
and contraindications, dangers, contrast bath,
cryokinetics.
TOTAL 48 96 144

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Clayton's Electro Therapy- 3rd & 10th edition

2. Electro therapy Explained – Low & Reed
3. Electrotherapy Evidence Based Practice – Sheila Kitchen -11th edition
4. Therapeutic Modalities in Rehabilitation - William E. Prentice- 3rd Edition
5. Text Book of Electrotherapy- Jagmohan Singh, 2nd Edition

113
SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus 80
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions10x2=20 20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks Maximum Marks

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks) for both theory and practical separately. Internal assessment
given for Theory and Practical follows as per University pattern

114
 GENERAL MEDICINE, PAEDIATRICS AND PSYCHIATRY

(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -403) (Didactic-80hrs) TOTAL = 80 Hrs

S. NO TOPIC Didactic Practical/ Laboratory Total hours

hours hours
1 GENERAL 30 30
MEDICINE
2 PAEDIATRICS 30 30
3 PSYCHIATRY 20 20
TOTAL 80 80

OBJECTIVES:
Cognitive
1. Describe the cardio vascular diseases emphasizing on Systemic hypertension, cardiac conditions,
valvular and congenital heart diseases.
2. Describe the diseases of the respiratory system, emphasizing on common infections, interstitial
and occupational lung diseases.
3. Elaborate the dysfunctions of the endocrine system with more focus on diabetes, cussing
syndrome, nutritional deficiencies and various Rheumatological conditions.
4. Describe pre-operative evaluation, surgical indications in various surgical approaches,
management and post operative care in above mentioned areas with possible complications.
5. General examination of neonates, infants correlating normal developmental sequence with
delayed development.

Psychomotor
1. Able to conduct a complete assessment of various systems of human body and identify their
dysfunction.
2. Interpret the findings of various investigations like ECG, chest X-Ray, ABG and PFT. Examination
and identification of developmental delay and high risk infants.

Affective
1. At the end of training the student should be able to -
2. Manage individuals with health ailments in elaborating their health status and counseling them.
3. The student becomes aware of possible problems in adults and in handling infants and children‘s
with special needs.

115
 SYLLABUS
Sl:No TOPIC Didactic Practical Total
1 GENERAL MEDICINE 30 30
Cardio-vascular & respiratory medicine :
Cardio-Vascular Diseases
i) Hypertension – systemic
ii) Cardiac Conditions- I.H.D. (Angina, Myocardial
infarction) R.H.D. Infective Endocarditis
Cardiomyopathy Heart Failure
iii) Valvular Heart Disease Congenital Acquired
Congenital Heart Disease Investigations

Diseases of the Respiratory System :

Common Infectious diseases like Tuberculosis,
Pneumonia, Lung Abscess, and Bronchiectasis.
Diseases of Pleura like Pleural Effusion, Pneumothorax,
Hydropneumothorax, and Empyema.

ILD & Occupational lung diseases like Silicosis, Asbestosis,

Pneumoconiosis, Brucellosis, Farmer‘s Lung.
Obstructive Airway Diseases (C.O.P.D. with Cor-
Pulmonale, Pulmonary Hypertension, Bronchial Asthma &
Cystic Fibrosis)
ICU
2 PAEDIATRICS 30 30
General examination of neonate and neonatal reflexes
Normal intra-uterine development of fetus with special
reference to Central Nervous System, Neuromuscular
System, Cardio vascular Respiratory system.
Normal development milestone
Immunization
Sepsis, Prematurity, Asphyxia Hyperbilirubinemia and
birth injuries
Cerebral Palsy- Medical Management including early
intervention
Developmental disorders associated with spinal cord:
Spinal Dysraphism, Spina bifida, Meningocele,
Myelomeningocele, hydrocephalus
Common infections
C.N.S.& Peripheral Nervous System
Typhoid, Rubella, Mumps,
Measles, Diphtheria, Chicken pox, Malaria
Epilepsy
Down‟ s Syndrome
Myopathies and neuro-muscular junction
disorders
Malnutrition and Vitamin deficiency conditions
3 PSYCHIATRY 30 30
Psychiatric Disorders: Classifications, Causes, Clinical
manifestations and treatment methods used in
Psychiatry. Modalities of psychiatric treatment,
Psychiatric illness and physiotherapy, Brief description of
Etio-pathogenesis, manifestations, and management of
psychiatric illnesses -. Anxiety neurosis,
Depression, Obsessive compulsive neurosis,
Psychosis, Maniac-depressive psychosis, Post- traumatic
stress disorder, Psychosomatic reactions:
Stress and Health, theories of Stress – Illness. Etio-
116
 pathogenesis, manifestations, and management of
psychiatric illness
Drug dependence and alcoholism,
Somatoform and Dissociate Disorders – conversion
reactions, Somatization, Dissociate Amnesia, and
Dissociate Fugue,
Personality disorders Child psychiatry - manifestations,
and management of childhood disorders -attention
deficit syndrome and behavioral disorders.
Geriatric psychiatry.
Total 80 80

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Essential for paediatrics - O.P.Ghai
2. Text book of general medicine - Davidson

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus 80
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks
Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each
Short Answer questions
Answer all the questions10x2=20 20
10 questions- 2 marks each
Total 80

Question Paper Pattern:

Section A: General Medicine (Total Marks: 30)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks

1. Essay 01 15 15
2. Short Notes 01 05 05
3. Short Answer Questions 05 02 10

Section B – Paediatrics (Total Marks: 30)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks
1. Essay 01 15 15
2. Short Notes 03 05 15

Section C – Psychiatry (Total Marks: 20)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks
1. Short Notes 02 05 10
2. Short Answer Questions 05 02 10

Internal assessment as per University pattern: (20 marks)

The average IA of all three subjects will be calculated for 20 marks

117
 NON EXAMINATION COURSE
BASIC COMPUTER AND INFORMATIVE SCIENCE
SUBJECT CODE: SBVPT - 405
Didactic hour - 32
Learning objective:

At the end of the course, the candidate will-

1. Develop good skills for better communication.
2. Effectively use Microsoft Office to communicate with patients while rendering care.
3. To utilize PowerPoint presentations and Picture management for effective teaching and learning.
4. To learn the use of computer for basic statistics using excel.
5. To learn the use of Internet services for Research and Documentation.

Sl: no Topics Didactic lab Total

hour hour
1 Introduction of Computer application for 05 05
Physiotherapy
practice.
2 Introduction of use of computers in teaching, 05 05
learning, research.
3 Windows, MS office, Word, Excel, Power Point. 05 05
4 Internet, Literature search. 06 06
5 Introduction to Statistical Package 06 06
6 Introduction to Hospital management information 05 05
system
Total 32 32

Reference books:

i) Fundamental of Computer system

118
 NON EXAMINATION COURSE
COLLABORATION IN PHYSIOTHERAPY PRACTICE
SUBJECT CODE : SBVPT-406

learning objective :
As collaborators, physiotherapists should attain knowledge in order to work effectively with
others to provide inter- and intra-professional care.

Sl:no Topic of content Didactic Total

hour hour
1. Promote an integrated approach to client 05 05
services
2. Facilitate collaborative relationships 10 10
3. Contribute to effective teamwork. 10 10

4. Contribute to conflict resolution. 07 07

Total 32 32

REFERENCE :

1. Canadian Interprofessional Health Collaborative. (2010). A National Interprofessional Competency

Framework. https://www.cihc.ca/files/CIHC_IPCompetencies_Feb1210.

2. Woodburt, MG; Kuhnke, JL. Evidence-based Practice vs. Evidence- informed Practice: What‘s the
Difference? Wound Care Canada. Vol 12, No 1, Spring 2014. 18-21

119
 COURSE CODE COURSE TOTAL HOUR CREDIT

SBVPT -407 CLINICAL EDUCATION - I 128 4

Learning Objective:

At the end of clinical postings the student should be able to Demonstrate clinical observatory skill.
i) Understand the role of physiotherapy in various clinical conditions.
ii) Demonstrate the bed side manners, understanding of policy of the inpatient service and
outpatient services.
iii) Understand the documentation of patient service. Student‘s Clinical activity:
iv) Student will be posted in Outpatient physiotherapy department and in-patient areas for
observation. During the posting student must observe various clinical conditions treated with
physiotherapy. They should document their understanding in log books.

Evaluation:

At the end of the posting their log book will be evaluated for the content, creativity,
understanding and presentation.

120
V - SEMESTER

121
 GENERAL SURGERY INCLUDING BURNS, PLASTIC SURGERY
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -501)
Didactic- 80 hrs

S. NO TOPIC Didactic hours Practical hours Total hours

1 UNIT I & II 30 30
2 UNIT III & IV 30 30
3 UNIT V & VI 20 20
TOTAL 80 80

SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
i) This subject follows the basic science subjects to provide the knowledge about relevant
aspects of general surgery.
ii) The student will have a general understanding of the surgical conditions the therapist would
encounter in their practice.
iii) The objective of this course is that after 60 hrs of lectures and discussion the student will be
able to list the indications for surgery, etiology, clinical features and surgical methods for
various conditions.

SYLLABUS
Sl. TOPIC Didactic Practical/ Total
Laboratory
NO hours hours hours
1 UNIT – I 15 15
Fluid, Electrolyte and Acid-Base disturbances –
diagnosis and management ; Nutrition in the surgical
patient ; Wound healing – basic process involved in
wound repair, basic phases in the healing process,
clinical management of wounds, factors affecting
wound healing, Scars – types and treatment.
Hemostasis – components, hemostatic disorders,
factors affecting bleeding during surgery. Transfusion
therapy in surgery – blood components, complications
of transfusion ; Surgical Infections ; General Post –
Operative Complications and its management.
Definition, Indication, Incision, Physiological changes
and Complications following Common operations like
Cholecystectomy, Colostomy, Ileostomy, Gastrectomy,
Hernias, Appendicectomy Mastectomy, Neprectomy,
Prostectomy
2 UNIT – II 15 15
Reasons for Surgery; Types of anaesthesia and its
affects on the patient; Types of Incisons; Clips
Ligatures and Sutures; General Thoracic Procedures –
Radiologic Diagnostic procedures, Endoscopy – types,
Biopsy – uses and types. Overview and Drainage systems and
tubes used in Surgery. Causes, Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis
and treatment of the following Thoracic Trauma situations –
Airway obstruction, Pnuemothorax, Hemothorax, Cardiac
Tamponade,Tracheobronchial disruption, Aortic disruption,
Diaphragmatic disruption, Esophageal disruption, Cardiac
and Pulmonary Contusions.

122
3 UNIT - III 15 15
Surgical Oncology – Cancer – definition, types, clinical
manifestations of cancer, Staging of Cancer, surgical
procedures involved in the management of cancer.
4 UNIT – IV 15 15
Disorders of the Chest Wall, Lung and Mediastinum Thoracic
surgeries – Thoracotomy – Definition, Types of Incisions
with emphasis to the site of insision, muscles cut and
complications. Lung surgeries: Pnumonectomy,
Lobectomy, segmentectomy – Indications, Physiological
changes and Complications; Thoracoplasty, Pleurectomy,
Pleurodesis and Decortication of the Lung. Cardiac
surgeries – An overview of the Cardio-Pulmonary Bypass
Machine – Extracardiac Operations, Closed Heart surgery,
Open Heart surgery. Transplant Surgery – Heart, Lung and
Kidney – Indications, Physiological changes and
Complications
5 UNIT - V 10 10
Diseases of the Arteries and Veins : Definition, Etiology,
Clinical features, signs and symptoms, complications,
management and treatment of following diseases :
Arteriosclerosis, Atherosclerosis, Aneurysm, Buerger‘s
disease, Raynaud‘s Disease, Thrombophlebitis, Deep Vein
Thrombosis, Pulmonary Embolism, Varicose Veins.
6 UNIT- VI 10 10
Burn: Definition, Classification, Causes, Prevention,
Pathological changes, Complications, Clinical Features and
Management. Skin Grafts – Types, Grafting Procedures,
Survival of Skin Graft ; Flaps – Types and uses of Flaps.
ENT: Common problems of ear, otitis media, Otosclerosis,
functional achonia and deafness, management facial palsy
classification, medical and surgical management of
lower motor neuron type of facial palsy.
Ophthalmology: Ophthalmologic surgical conditions,
refraction‘s, conjunctivitis, glaucoma, corneal ulcer, iritis,
cataract, retinitis, detachment of retina, defects of
extra-ocular muscles-surgical management.
TOTAL 80 80

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Short practice of surgery-- Bailey and Love

2. Textbook of Surgery – Das
3. Text book of general medicine - Davidson

123
SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20 marks)

Internal assessment as per University pattern

124
 CLINICAL ORTHOPAEDICS & TRAUMATOLOGY
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -502)
DIDACTIC HOURS = 80 HRS

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course intends to familiarize students with principles of orthopedic surgery along
with familiarization with terminology and abbreviations for efficient and effective chart
reviewing and documentation. It also explores various orthopedic conditions needing attention,
focusing on epidemiology, pathology, as well as primary and secondary clinical characteristics
and their surgical and medical management. The purpose of this course is to make
physiotherapy students aware of various orthopedic surgical conditions so these can be
physically managed effectively both pre as well as postoperatively.

S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total

NO hours hours hours

1 FRACTURES 15 15
2 DISLOCATIONS & SUBLUXATIONS 10 10
3 SOFT TISSUE AND TRAUMATIC INJURIES 10 10
4 DEFORMITIES AND ANOMALIES 13 13
5 DEGENERATIVE AND INFLAMMATORY
CONDITIONS 10 10
6 MANAGEMENT OF METABOLIC
DISORDERS 09 09
7 GENERAL ORTHOPAEDIC DISORDERS 08 08
8 TUMORS 05 05
TOTAL 80 80

OBJECTIVES:
Cognitive
1. Be able to discuss the, etiology, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations & conservative/ surgical
management of various fractures, dislocation and subluxation, soft tissue injuries and traumatic
injuries. 2. Be able to describe the, etiology, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations & conservative/
surgical management of various degenerative and inflammatory conditions.
3. Be able to describe the, etiology, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations & conservative/ surgical
management of various congenial and acquired deformities.
4. Able to categories different types of tumors, the principles of general management of benign and
malignant tumor of musculoskeletal systems.

Psychomotor
1. Gain the skill of clinical examination; apply special tests & interpretation of the preoperative old
cases & all the post-operative cases.
2. Be able to read & interpret salient features of the X-ray of the Spine & Extremities and correlate the
radiological findings with the clinical findings.
3. Be able to interpret Pathological / Biochemical studies pertaining to Orthopaedic conditions.

125
Affective-
At the end of training the student should be able to -
The student should be able to understand the clinical manifestations of orthopedic conditions
and interpret the prognosis based on the findings. The student should display behavioral values
consistent with a single belief or attitude in situations where one is neither forced nor asked to comply.
One is expected to demonstrate a high degree of commitment, accountability and responsibility.

SYLLABUS
Sl. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total
NO Hours Hours hours
1 FRACTURES
1. Definition, Classification, Causes, Clinical
features, healing of fractures& Complications.
2. Principles of general management of
 Fracture of the Upper Extremity
 Fracture of the Lower Extremity
 Fracture of the vertebral column, thorax and
 Emergency care and first aid.

2 DISLOCATIONS & SUBLUXATIONS

Definition, General description, Principles of general
description and management of traumatic dislocation
and subluxation of common joints
3 SOFT TISSUE AND TRAUMATIC INJURIES
1. Introduction ,Anatomy & physiology general
description, grade of injury and management of
injuries of • Muscles and tendons injuries of upper
and lower
2. Cervicolumbar injuries ,Whiplash of the cervical
spine Crush injuries of hand & foot
3. Reconstructive surgeries
4 DEFORMITIES AND ANOMALIES
1. Definition ,Causes , Classification, Congenital and
acquired deformities Physical and clinical and
radiological features, Complications
2. Principles of medical and surgical management of
the deformities
3. General description of following deformities :
i . Deformities of the spine:

126
 a. Scoliosis
b. Kyphosis
c. Lordosis
d. Flat back
e. Torticollis
ii . Deformities of the lower limb:
a. C.D.H., coxa vara , coxa valga, anteversion,
Retroversion
b. Genu valgum, Genu varum, Genu recurvatum,
C.D.K.
c. Talipes calcaneo equinus, varus & valgus
d. Pes cavus, Pes planus
e. Hallux valgus & varus, Hallux rigidus and hammer
toe
iii. Deformities of Shoulder & Upper limb
a. Sprengel‘s shoulder, Cubitus varus, Cubitus valgus
b. Dupuytren‘s contracture
5 DEGENERATIVE AND INFLAMMATORY CONDITIONS
a. Osteo-orthosis/Arthritis
b. Spondylosis
c. Spondylolysis and listhesis
d. Pyogenic arthritis
e. Rheumatoid arthritis
f. Juvenile arthritis
g. Tuberculous arthritis
h. Gouty arthritis
i. Haemophilic arthritis
j. Neuropathic arthritis
k. Ankylosing spondylitis
l. Psoriatic arthritis
6 MANAGEMENT OF METABOLIC DISORDERS
a. Osteoporosis
b. Osteomalacia & Rickets
7 GENERAL ORTHOPAEDIC DISORDERS
1. Carpel tunnel syndrome/ Entrapment nerve injuries
2. Compartment syndrome, Ischemic contracture
3. Avascular necrosis of bone in adult and children
a. Gangrene
b. Backache /P.I.D.

127
 8 TUMORS
1. Classification, Principles of general management
2. General description of benign and malignant tumors
of musculoskeletal system
TOTAL 80 80

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Outline of Fractures –Adams
2. Outline of Orthopedics.--Adams
3. Apley‘s systems of orthopedics and fractures by Louis Solomon, 9th edition

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the
syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=50 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions10x2=20 20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20 marks)

Internal assessment as per University pattern

128
 CLINICAL OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY AND ITS PHYSIOTHERAPY MANAGEMENT
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -503)
(Didactic-48hrs + Clinical -96 hrs) TOTAL =144Hrs

COURSE DESCRIPTION:

This course intends to provide introduction to women`s health which includes problems
related to pregnancy, osteoporosis, and other disorders specific to women. Topics will focus on medical
terminology, clinical examination, evaluation, comparing contemporary, traditional interventions and
the impact of evolving technology in this area. It also emphasizes on evaluation & medical treatment of
pelvic floor dysfunctions.

OBJECTIVES:
Cognitive

1. Normal & abnormal physiological events, complications and management during Puberty.
2. Normal and abnormal physiological events, complications and management of pregnancy
(Pregnancy, Labor, Puerperium)
3. Normal and abnormal physiological events, complications and management of menopause.
4. Normal and abnormal physiological events, complications and management of uro-genital
dysfunction.(Antenatal, Postnatal, during menopause)

Psychomotor

1. The student will be able to acquire skill of clinical examination of the pelvic floor.
2. Able to assess, interpret and present urogenital dysfunction, antenatal and post natal care.
3. Interpret investigation related to Obstetrics and Gynecological conditions.
Affective –
At the end training the student should be able to -
The student should be able to show readiness to understand and educate the normal population
regarding the maintenance of women health, precautions and care that are to be taken during
pregnancy and post pregnancy complications.

S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total

NO hours hours hours

1 ANATOMY 03 05 08
2 PHYSIOLOGY 03 03
3 OBSTETRIC CONCERN 12 35 47
4 GYNECOLOGICAL CONCERN 07 25 32
5 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN OBSTETRICS 13 18 31
6 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN GYNECOLOGY 10 18 28

TOTAL 48 96 144

129
 SYLLABUS

S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total

NO hours hours hours

1 ANATOMY 03 05 08
The Female Pelvis
The Female Abdomen
The Female Breast
The Female Reproductive Tract

2 PHYSIOLOGY 03 03
a. Menarche
b. Menopause
c. Voiding and Anorectal function
3 OBSTETRIC CONCERN 12 35 47
a. Gestation week by week
b. Physical and Physiological changes during
pregnancy, Labor, Puerperium
c. Complications of Pregnancy, Labor, Puerperium
d. Events of Labor
e. Lower segmental caesarean section, Episiotomy
Indications , Types and Procedure
f. Nutrition in Pregnancy
g. Lactation and its complications
h. Investigations – Pregnancy test, Basic
investigations and findings in various trimesters
of pregnancy- Hematological, urine analysis,
USG. CTG – Interpretation
4 GYNECOLOGICAL CONCERN 07 25 32
a. Disorders associated with menstruation
b. Post-menopausal complications
c. Pelvic floor Dysfunction- Urinary incontinence,
Anorectal Dysfunction, Pelvic organ Prolapse
d. Gynecological surgeries- Indications, Type of
Incision, Procedure
e. Infertility
f. Investigations- Dilatation & Curettage , PAP
Smear, Colposcopy, Laparoscopy,
Hysterosalpingography - Indications & findings
5 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN OBSTETRICS 13 18 31
a. Antenatal Assessment
b. Antenatal education and exercises for normal
pregnancy and special conditions.
c. Post natal assessment &Physiotherapy
Management
d. For NVD and LSCS.
e. Breast feeding techniques, complications and its
Physiotherapy Management.

130
6 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN GYNECOLOGY 10 18 28

a. Pre Operative and post Operative assessments and

Physiotherapy Management following
Pelvic surgeries
b. Pre Operative and post Operative assessments and
Physiotherapy Management following Mastectomy

c. Assessment for Pelvic Floor Dysfunction- Urinary

incontinence,
Anorectal Dysfunction, Pelvic organ Prolapse, Sexual
Dysfunction and Physiotherapy Management includes
pelvic floor exercise prescriptions, Vaginal Weights and
other instruments pertaining to the condition.
TOTAL 48 96 144

PRACTICALS

CLINICALS
Evaluation & presentation of One case Each in:
i) Uro-genital dysfunction
ii) Antenatal care
iii) Postnatal care
iv) Following normal labor
v) Following Caesarean section
vi) Pelvic Inflammatory Diseases

Observation –One Normal & One Caesarean delivery & One Hysterectomy / Repair of the Uro- genital
Prolapse

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Text book of Gynecology – Datta – New Central Book Agency
2. Text book of Obstetrics –Mudhaliar
3. Text book for women‘s health- saposford
4. Physiotherapy in obstetrics and gynecology- Jill mantle

131
SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the 80
syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions10x2=20 20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

Section Separation and Marks Distribution:

Section A – CLINICAL OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY - 40 Marks

Section B – OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY PHYSIOTHERAPY - 40 Marks
Question Paper Pattern:

Section A: CLINICAL OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY (Total Marks: 40)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks
(40)
1 Essay 01 15 15
2 Short Notes 03 05 15
3 Short Answer Questions 05 02 10

Section B – OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY PHYSIOTHERAPY (Total Marks: 40)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks
(40)
4. Essay 01 15 15
5. Short Notes 03 05 15
6. Short Answer Questions 05 02 10

PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks Maximum

Marks
Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20 marks)

Internal assessment for theory and practical follows separately as per University pattern

132
 MEDICAL/ PHYSIOTHERAPY LAW AND ETHICS
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT - 505)
Didactic hours: 64 hours

Course description:
Legal and ethical considerations are firmly believed to be an integral part of medical practice
in planning patient care. Advances in medical sciences, growing sophistication of the modern society‘s
legal framework, increasing awareness of human rights and changing moral principles of the community
at large, now result in frequent occurrences of healthcare professionals being caught in dilemmas over
aspects arising from daily practice.

Medical/ Physiotherapy ethics has developed into a well based discipline which acts as a
"bridge" between theoretical bioethics and the bedside. The goal is "to improve the quality of patient
care by identifying, analyzing, and attempting to resolve the ethical problems that arise in practice".
Doctors are bound by, not just moral obligations, but also by laws and official regulations that form the
legal framework to regulate medical practice. Hence, it is now a universal consensus that legal and
ethical considerations are inherent and inseparable parts of good medical practice across the whole
spectrum. Few of the important and relevant topics that need to focus on are as follows:

Sl no MEDICAL/ PHYSIOTHERAPY LAW AND ETHICS Didactic Total hour

hour
1. Medical ethics versus medical law - Definition - 03 03
Goal– Scope
2. Introduction to Code of conduct 03 03
Basic principles of medical ethics –
3. Confidentiality 04 04
Malpractice and negligence - Rational and
4. irrational 04 04
drug therapy
Autonomy and informed consent - Right of
5. patients 04 04
5. Care of the terminally ill- Euthanasia
03 03
6. Organ transplantation
04 04
7. Medical diagnosis versus physiotherapy 03 03
diagnosis.
Medico legal aspects of medical records –
8. Medico legal case and type- Records and 11 11
document related to MLC - ownership of medical
records -
Confidentiality Privilege
communication - Release of medical information
- Unauthorized disclosure - retention of medical
records
- other various aspects.
9. Professional Indemnity insurance policy 04 04
Development of standardized protocol to avoid
10. near miss or sentinel events 05 05

11. Obtaining an informed consent. 02 02

12. Biomedical ethical principles 02 02
13. Code of ethics for physiotherapists 03 03
14. Ethics documents for physiotherapists 04 04
15. Laws affecting physiotherapy practice 05 05
Total 64 64

133
SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the
syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks

Internal assessment as per University pattern.

134
 CLINICAL EDUCATION - II

COURSE CODE COURSE TOTAL HOUR CREDIT

SBVPT - 506 CLINICAL EDUCATION - II 128 4

Learning Objective:
At the end of clinical postings the student should be able to
1. Demonstrate understanding of clinical conditions resulting in functional limitation and
participation restriction.
2. Demonstrate understanding various investigations done for diagnosing the conditions.
3. Demonstrate art of history taking and simple clinical measurement like ROM, muscle efficiency
checking, limb length measurement etc.,

Student’s Clinical activity:

1. Student will be posted in Outpatient physiotherapy department and in-patient areas for
observation.
2. During the posting student must observe various clinical conditions treated with physiotherapy.
3. They should document their understanding in log books.

Evaluation:
At the end of the posting their log book will be evaluated for the content, creativity, understanding and
presentation.

135
VI - SEMESTER

136
 CLINICAL NEUROLOGY AND NEUROSURGERY
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -601)
Didactic hours = 80 Hrs

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course intends to familiarize students with medical terminology & abbreviations for
efficient & effective chart reviewing & documentation, It also explores select systemic diseases,
focusing on epidemiology, etiology, pathology, histology as well as primary & secondary clinical
characteristics & their management. It discusses & integrates subsequent medical management of
Neurological & Pediatric conditions to formulate appropriate intervention, indications, precautions &
contraindications.

S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total

NO hours hours hours
NEUROLOGY
1 INTRODUCTION 2 - 2
2 GENERAL NEUROLOGICAL ASSESSMENT 6 6
3 INVESTIGATIONS 4 4
4 CEREBROVASCULAR ACCIDENT 5 5
5 TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY 5 5
6 TRAUMATIC SPINAL CORD INJURY 4 4
7 SPINAL CORD LESIONS 5 5
8 DISEASES OF THE SPINAL CORD AND
BRAIN 4 4
9 INFECTIONS OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 3 3
10 DEGENERATIVE DISORDERS 4 4
11 MOTOR NEURON DISEASES 3 3
12 DEMYELINATING DISEASES 3 3
13 CEREBELLAR DISORDERS 4 4
14 PERIPHERAL NERVE LESION 4 4
15 POLINEUROPATHY 2 2
16 DISEASE OF THE MUSCLE AND NEURO
MUSCULAR JUNCTION 4 4
17 CONGENITAL/ DEVELOPMENTAL
DISORDERS 5 5
18 DISORDERS OF ANS 1 1
NEUROSURGERY
19 Introduction, Indications and Complications of
following Neuro surgeries. 12 12

TOTAL 80 80

Objectives:

Cognitive
1. Be able to describe Etiology, pathophysiology, signs & Symptoms & Management of the various
Neurological conditions.
2. Be able to describe Etiology, pathophysiology, signs & Symptoms & Management of the various
Pediatric conditions.
3. Acquire knowledge of various drugs used for each medical condition to understand its effects and
its use during therapy.

137
Psychomotor
1. Acquire skill of history taking and clinical examination of Neurological &Pediatric conditions as a part
of clinical teaching.
2. Describe and perform neurological screening and examination.
3. History taking for localizing and predicting potential neurological disorders, assessment of higher
mental function, cranial nerves, motor power, sensory function, tone, cerebellar function, gait
abnormalities.

Affective-
At the end of training the student should be able to -
1. The student should be able to understand the clinical manifestations of neurological and
neurosurgical conditions and interpret the prognosis based on the findings.

2. The student should display behavioral values consistent with a single belief or attitude in situations
where one is neither forced nor asked to comply. One is expected to demonstrate a high degree of
commitment, accountability and responsibility.

SYLLABUS
S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total
NO hours hours hours

NEUROLOGY
1 Classification of neurological levels of lesion
depending up on the involvement neurons
2 GENERAL NEUROLOGICAL ASSESSMENT
History taking to determine whether the CNS, PNS,
ANS is involved, Assessment of higher mental
function, Perceptual, cranial nerves, Assessment of
motor Function, Sensory Examination, Balance, Gait,
Coordination, bladder and bowel.
3 INVESTIGATIONS
Principles, methods, views, normal/abnormal values/
features, types of following investigative procedures-
skull x-ray, CT, MRI, evoked potentials, lumbar
puncture, CSF examination, EMG, NCV
4 CEREBROVASCULAR ACCIDENT
Definition, etiology, classification – thrombotic,
embolic, hemorrhagic, stroke syndromes, Clinical
Features, Investigations and management.
5 TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY
Etiology, classification, signs & symptoms,
investigations, differential diagnosis, Medical and
Surgical management, complications
6 TRAUMATIC SPINAL CORD INJURY
Etiology, classification, syndromes, signs &
symptoms, investigations, differential diagnosis,
Medical and Surgical management, complications
7 SPINAL CORD LESIONS
Quadriplegia, Paraplegia, Classification, Clinical
Features, Investigations, Medical and Surgical
management, Complications

138
8 DISEASES OF THE SPINAL CORD AND
BRAIN
Craniocerebral junction anomalies,Syringomyelia,
Cervical and lumbar disc lesions, Intracranial
Tumors, Tumors in spinal cord, Spinal archnoiditis
9 INFECTIONS OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM
Pyogenic meningitis sequelae, Tuberculous infection of
CNS, Poliomyelitis, Tabes dorsalis, HIV, Encephalitis,
Epilepsy

10 DEGENERATIVE DISORDERS
Parkinson disease, Dementia , Alzheimer‘s Disease

11 MOTOR NEURON DISEASES

Etiology, Pathophysiology, classification, clinical signs &
symptoms, investigations, medical management, and
complications.

12 DEMYELINATING DISEASES
Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Transverse
myelitis, Multiple sclerosis
13 CEREBELLAR DISORDERS
Etiology, Pathophysiology, classification, clinical signs &
symptoms, investigations, Management.
14 PERIPHERAL NERVE LESION
Nerve injuries-Classification, Clinical Features,
Investigations, Medical and Surgical management,
Complications
15 POLINEUROPATH
Etiology, classification, clinical features, Investigations
and management
16 DISEASE OF THE MUSCLE AND NEURO MUSCULAR
JUNCTION
Myopathies, Muscular dystrophy, Spinal muscular atrophy
17 CONGENITAL/ DEVELOPMENTAL
DISORDERS
Cerebral palsy, Hydrocephalus, Spina bifida, Autism
18 DISORDERS OF ANS
Clinical Features, Medical management
NEUROSURGERY
19 Introduction, Indications and Complications of
following Neuro surgeries.
Craniotomy, Cranioplasty, Stereotactic surgery, Deep
brain stimulation, Burr-hole, Shunting, Laminectomy,
Hemilaminectomy, Rhizotomy, Microvascular
decompression surgery, Endarterectomy, Embolization,
Pituitary surgery, Ablative surgery - Thalamotomy and
Pallidotomy, Coiling of aneurysm, Clipping of aneurysm,
and Neural implantation.

TOTAL 80 80

139
References:
1. Principles of Neurology – Victor Adams
2. Brain‘s textbook of Neurology
3. The neurological examination – De Jong
4. Text book of Neurology-Bradley
5. Neurology and Neurosurgery Illustrated- Kenneth W. Lindsay

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the 80
syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30

Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=50 30

6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions10x2=20 20

10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20 Marks)

Internal assessment follows as per University pattern

140
 CLINICAL CARDIOVASCULAR AND RESPIRATORY CONDITIONS
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -602)
Didactic hours = 80 Hrs

COURSE DESCRIPTION:

This course intends to familiarize students with medical terminology & abbreviations for
efficient & effective chart reviewing & documentation. It also explores selected systemic diseases, focusing
on epidemiology, pathology, histology, etiology as well as primary & secondary clinical characteristics & their
management. Discusses & integrates subsequent medical management of General, Rheumatology,
Gerontology, Cardio- vascular & Respiratory systems, to formulate appropriate intervention, indications,
precautions & contraindications.

OBJECTIVES:

Cognitive
1. Be able to describe Etiology, Pathophysiology, Signs & Symptoms & Management of the various
Endocrine, Metabolic, Geriatric & Nutrition Deficiency.
2. Be able to describe Etiology, Pathophysiology, Signs & Symptoms, Clinical Evaluation & Management
of the various Cardiovascular & Respiratory Conditions.
3. Be able to describe the principles of Management at the Intensive Care Unit.
4. Acquire knowledge of various drugs used for each medical condition to understand its effects and its
use during therapy.
Psychomotor
1. Acquire skill of history taking and clinical examination of Musculoskeletal, Respiratory, Cardio-
vascular & Neurological System as a part of clinical teaching.
2. Be able to interpret auscultation findings with special emphasis to pulmonary system.
3. Study Chest X-ray, Blood gas analysis, P.F.T. findings & Hematological studies, for Cardiovascular,
Respiratory, Neurological& Rheumatological conditions.
4. Be able to acquire the skills of Basic Life Support.

Affective-
At the end of training the student should be able to -
1. The student should be able to understand the clinical manifestations of cardio-respiratory conditions
and interpret the prognosis based on the findings.
2. The student should display behavioral values consistent with a single belief or attitude in situations
where one is neither forced nor asked to comply. One is expected to demonstrate a high degree of
commitment, accountability and responsibility.

141
 SYLLABUS

Sl no Topic Didactic hour Total hour

1. Cardio-Vascular Diseases: 45 45
Hypertension – systemic
Cardiac Conditions- I.H.D. (Angina, Myocardial
infarction)
R.H.D. Infective Endocarditis Cardio myopathy
Heart Failure
Valvular Heart Disease -Congenital, Acquired
Investigations:
Basics of E.C.G. [ Normal & Abnormal (Ischemia,
Infarction & Arrhythmias)]
Observation of conduction of stress test on patient 2D
Echo (Ejection Fraction & Wall motion
Open heart surgery Closed heart surgery
Thoracotomy, Angioplasty, CABG, PT CA

2. Diseases of the Respiratory System : 35 35

Common Infectious diseases like Tuberculosis,
Pneumonia, Lung Abscess, and Bronchiectasis. Diseases
of Pleura like Pleural Effusion, Pneumothorax,
Hydropneumothorax and Empyema.ILD & Occupational
lung diseases like Silicosis, Asbestosis, Pneumoconiosis,
Brucellosis, Farmer's Lung. Obstructive Airway Diseases
(C.O.P.D. with Cor Pulmonale, Pulmonary Hypertension,
Bronchial Asthma & Cystic Fibrosis) Intensive Care Unit,
Infrastructure, Instrumentation.
Mechanical Ventilation (settings & monitoring)
Assessment, monitoring & management of patient in
I.C.U. Basic Life Support :Introduction & Demonstration
Investigation: Normal & Abnormal Chest X-ray, Blood
Gas Analysis PFT(Observation of conduction on patient)
Medical And Surgical Management a.Thorocotomy
b.Lobectomy c.Pneumonectomy d.Decortication
Total 80 80
RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS
1. API- Text book of Medicine, 5th edition
2. Medicine-- P.J. Mehta
3. Principles & Practice of Medicine -- Davidson

142
SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the 80
syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30

Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=50 30

6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions10x2=20 20

10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20 Marks)

Internal assessment follows as per University pattern

143
 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN ORTHOPAEDICS AND SPORTS INJURIES
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -603)
(Didactic - 32 hours + Practical-64 hours) TOTAL = 96 HOURS

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course includes a study of applied anatomy and physiology of the Musculo-skeletal system
along with pathological changes and patho-mechanics of the system. It discusses relevant tests and measures
for determining impairment and differentiating the diagnosis based on the specificity and sensitivity of the
assessment instruments as related to patients with disorders of the Musculo-skeletal system.
Musculo-skeletal Physiotherapy focuses on maximizing functional independence and well-
being. The course uses a patient-centered model of care with multi-system assessment, evidence based
interventions and a significant patient education component to promote a healthy, active lifestyle and
community-based living.
The candidate will have a sound understanding of theory, scientific evidence and best
practices in the areas of the Musculo-skeletal System including Movement Sciences, Psychosocial Sciences
and Physiotherapy.

S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total

NO hours hours hours
Use of ICF model in physiotherapy management
1 01 - 01
of health condition of musculoskeletal system

2 Outcome measures – and Evidence Based 02 - 02

Practice
3 Biomechanical / Physiological basis of 02 05 07
physiotherapy intervention skills
4 Physiotherapy interventions with goal setting for
dysfunctions due to musculoskeletal health
conditions secondary to conservative or surgical
management of:
Manifestations of trauma, surgery and 07 20 27
a) their complications
b) Degenerative Arthritis 03 05 08
c) Inflammatory conditions 02 05 07
d) Infectious Diseases of bones & joints 02 05 07
e) Metabolic & Hormonal Disorders 01 04 05
f) Congenital & Acquired Deformities 03 05 08
g) Peripheral Nerve Injuries & Plexus Injuries 03 05 08
h) Soft tissue injuries during sports and as a 01 03 04

result of Over-use
j) Tumors of bone 01 - 01
Vascular disorders affecting 02 04 06
k) musculoskeletal system
Tumors of bone, Vascular disorders and 02 03 05
l) Traumatic Amputations
TOTAL 32 64 96

144
OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course, student will be able to:
Cognitive:
1. Identify, evaluate, analyze & discuss primary and secondary musculo-skeletal dysfunction, based on
biomechanical, kinesiological & patho-physiological principles.

2. Correlate the same with radiological, electrophysiological, biochemical/ hematological investigations

as applicable & arrive at the appropriate Physiotherapy diagnosis with skillful evaluation of structure
and function with clinical reasoning.
3. Understand the pharmaco-therapeutics, its interaction with physiotherapeutic measures and modify
physiotherapeutic intervention appropriately.

4. Apply knowledge of psychosocial factors (personal and environmental factors in the context of
disability associated with the musculo-skeletal system or multiple body systems) for behavioral and
lifestyle modification and use appropriate training and coping strategies

Psychomotor:
1. Apply theoretical basis of physiological effects, indications, contraindications; and best available
evidence on the effectiveness, efficacy and safe application guidelines for a full range of
physiotherapeutic strategies and interventions, including appropriate modes of soft tissue & joint
mobilization, electrotherapy, therapeutic exercise, and appropriate ergonomic advise that can be
employed to manage problems of the individual‟ s structures, functions, activities and participation,
capacity and performance levels associated with the Musculo-skeletal system, for relief of pain &
prevention, restoration and rehabilitation measures for maximum possible functional independence at
home, workplace and in community.
2. Prescribe and train for appropriate orthosis, prostheses and walking aids based on musculoskeletal
dysfunction.

Affective:

Acquire professional, technical, ethical skills by demonstrating safe, respectful and effective
performance of physical handling techniques taking into account the patient‘s clinical orthopedic condition,
the need for privacy, the physiotherapist, the resources available and the environment.

145
 SYLLABUS

S. TOPIC Didacti Clinical Total

c
NO hours hours hours
Use of ICF model in physiotherapy management
1
of health condition of musculoskeletal system

Use of ICF model (Bio, Psycho and Social) to plan Short

term and Long term goals in physiotherapy management of
health
condition of musculoskeletal system
Identification of short term and long term goals based on
Documentation of disability and functioning.
Red flags- Recognizing signs and symptom
2 Outcome measures – and Evidence Based Practice
a)Introduction to
functional scales as outcome
measures– Generic and Disease specific.
b)Evidence base practice in musculoskeletal health
conditions- levels of evidence, clinical application
Capacity and Performance related to activities and
participation to enhance functioning Personal and
Environment factors - facilitators and barriers that affect
disablement and functioning
3 Biomechanical / Physiological basis of physiotherapy
intervention skills
a) Biomechanical Physiological basis of following modes
physiotherapy interventions implemented during all three
stages of tissue healing –
b) Electrotherapeutic modes for pain- acute
and chronic pain syndromes, swelling, wound healing, re-
education
Therapeutic exercise to alleviate pain, increase mobility,
muscle performance (strength) endurance, motor control,
muscle length, posture and gait training
Taping techniques for pain relief , support and posture
correction, Principles , Indications /
Contraindications, Types of tapes and terminologies during
Techniques
4 Physiotherapy interventions with goal setting for
dysfunctions due to musculoskeletal health
conditions secondary to conservative or surgical
management of:
The following topics are applicable to all conditions
related to musculo-skeletal dysfunction throughout
lifespan in acutecare setting, hospital, chronic conditions
at home and in community on the basis of: Evaluation,
interpretation of investigation and appropriate clinical
reasoning for Functional diagnosis (ICF).

Evidence-based analysis of tools and techniques, (including

Quality of Life questionnaires), and planning,
146
prescription& implementation of short term & long term
goals of Physiotherapy with appropriate documentation of
the same.

Application of appropriate electro therapeutic modes for

relief of acute & chronic pain, swelling and for wound
healing, muscle / movement re- education etc with
clinical reasoning
Application of appropriate exercise therapeutic modes for
improving joint mobility, muscle strength & endurance and
motor control.

Application of advanced therapeutic modes of manual

mobilization techniques (non-thrust techniques to be
applied on extremities only), Friction Massage, Myofascial
Release, Muscle Energy Techniques and Neuro Dynamic
Techniques on patients

Application of appropriate therapeutic exercise using

therapeutic gymnasium tools as and when indicated, for
relief of pain, enhancing structural stability, strength &
endurance, and functional maintenance &/ or restoration
including posture correction and gait training including
preventive measures.
Prescription of appropriate orthotic & prosthetic devices.

Various taping techniques for support & pain relief;

principles, indications, contra-indications, types of tapes
used & relevant terminology.
Appropriate Home Program & Ergonomic advise for
preventive measures & functional efficiency at home, work
place and during recreation.
Advice to Parents & Care Givers.

Physiotherapy interventions with goal setting for dysfunctions due to impairments of

Pain, Mobility, Muscle performance(Strength), Endurance, Motor Control, Muscle
length, Posture and Movement Balance and Gait for common health conditions
secondary to conservative or
surgical management of the following regions, with appropriate consideration of red
flags:

a) Manifestations of trauma, surgery and their

complications
a)Bones – fractures & fracture-dislocations of extremities &
spine and their complications & Management including
THR,TKR etc
Soft tissues injuries of extremities & spine and their
complications & Management, contused lacerated wounds
(CLWs) Burns complications and management, Crush
injuries and its conservative and Post-Surgical
Management. Musculo-skeletal complications in
Cerebral Palsy & Poliomyelitis and reconstructive
surgeries.
b) Degenerative Arthritis
a)Osteoarthritis of knee b)Peri-arthritis of shoulder

147
 c)Spinal degenerative conditions like
Spondylosis,Spondylolysis, , Spondylolisthesis,
and Spinal Canal Stenosis
c) Inflammatory conditions
a)Rheumatoid, Gouty, Septic arthritis b)Spondylo-
arthropathies e.g. Ankylosing Spondylitis.
Cellulites and its complications.
Post incisional inflammation and infection.
Myositis ossificans and traumatica. f)Avascular necrosis

d) Infectious Diseases of bones & joints

Tuberculosis
Osteomyelitis
e) Metabolic & Hormonal Disorders
Osteoporosis
Osteomalacia
f) Congenital & Acquired Deformities
a)CTEV b)DDH
c)Kyphosis d)Scoliosis
Genu valgus / varus
Cubitus varus / valgus
Coxa vara / valga etc
Deformities of the foot

g) Peripheral Nerve Injuries & Plexus Injuries

Complications & management
h) Soft tissue injuries during sports and as a result
of Over-use
Conservative and operative management
Like ACL,PCL Reconstructive Surgeries etc
i) Tumors of bone & j) Vascular disorders affecting
musculoskeletal system
V.I.C., C.R.P.S., Compartment syndrome
j) Tumors of bone, Vascular disorders and
Traumatic Amputations
Types, Complications and management
inclusive of prosthetic prescription & training
TOTAL 32 64 96

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Therapeutic Exercise - O‟ Sullivan
2. Orthopaedic Physical Therapy - Donatelli
3. Cash‟ s Textbook of Orthopedics & Rheumatology for Physiotherapists
4. Tidy‟ s Physical Therapy
5. Manual Mobilization of Extremity Joints - Kaltenborn
6. Therapeutic Exercise: Foundations and Techniques - Kolby & Carolyn Kisner
7. Physical Rehabilitation - Susan O'sullivan
8. Manual Therapy: Nags, Snags, MWMs, etc - 6th Edition Brian R Mulligan
9. Maitland's Peripheral Manipulation Elly Hengeveld
10. Neural tissue mobilization – Butler
148
 11. Brukner & Khan's Clinical Sports Medicine - Peter Brukner, Karim Khan (Mcgraw Medical)
12. Therapeutic Exercise: Moving Toward Function - Carrie M. Hall, Lori Thein Brody
13. Manual Mobilization of Extremity Joints -Kaltenborn
14. Neural Tissue Mobilization - Butler
15. Taping Techniques –Rose Mac Donald
16. Clinical Orthopaedic rehabilitation-Broadsman

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the 80
syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30

Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=50 30

6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions10x2=20 20

10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks Maximum Marks

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20 Marks)

Internal assessment follows as per University pattern

149
 COMMUNITY MEDICINE
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT-604)
Didactic hours = 64 Hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
The course is organized to introduce the concept of health care and management issues in
Health Services. It will help them in assuming a leadership role in their profession and assume the
responsibility of guidance. It will help them assume wider responsibilities at all levels of health services. It
will help them in improving their performance through better understanding of the health services at all the
levels of community.

S. TOPIC Didactic Total

NO hours hours

1 HEALTH AND DISEASES 05 05

2 EPIDEMOLOGY 05 05
3 PUBLIC HEALTH ADMINISTRATION 05 05
4 HEALTH PROGRAMMES IN INDIA 05 05
5 PREVENTIVE MEDICINE IN OBSTRECTICS 10 10
PAEDIATRICS AND GERIATRICS:
6 NUTRITION AND ENVIRONMETAL HEALTH 11 11
7 ENVIRONMENT AND HEALTH 10 10
8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 07 07
9 MENTAL HEALTH 03 03
10 HEALTH EDUCATION 03 03
TOTAL 64 64

OBJECTIVES:
COGNITIVE
1. Describe the general concepts, determinants of health and diseases emphasizing on social, economic
and environmental factors.
2. Describe the demography and objectives of national family welfare programmes and national
population policies.
3. Overview of various communicable, non communicable and nutritional diseases affecting adults,
neonates and infants.
4. Elaborate the principles, elements and applications in primary health care centers in health care
delivery system in India.
PSYCHOMOTOR
1. Observation analysis of community settings through community visits to villages and factories.
2. Display skilled qualities like presence of mind in instant decision-making, appropriateness of referral,
community diagnosis, use and interpretation of statistical data, logical and rational plan of disease
management.
AFFECTIVE
At the end of training the student should be able to –Have a clear understanding of the prevailing
diseases and its prevalence, should also be able to understand the various types of diseases and the system
of health delivery system in India.

150
SYLLABUS

S. TOPIC Didactic Total

NO hours hours
1 HEALTH AND DISEASES 05 05
Definitions, Concepts, Dimensions and Indicators of Health, Concept
of well-being, Spectrum and Determinants of Health, Concept and
natural history of Disease, Concepts of disease control and
prevention, Modes of Intervention, Population Medicine, The role of
socio-
economic and cultural environment in health and disease. Health
care delivery system.
2 EPIDEMOLOGY 05 05
Definition and scope. Principles of Epidemiology and Epidemiological
methods: Components and Aims, Basic measurements, Methods, Uses
of epidemiology, Infectious disease, epidemiology,
Dynamics and modes of disease transmission, Host defenses and
Immunizing agents, Hazards of Immunization, Disease prevention and
control, Disinfection. Screening for Disease: Concept
Of screening, Aims and Objectives, Uses and types of screening.
Respiratory infections, Intestinal infections, Arthropod borne
infections, Zoo noses, Surface infections, Hospital acute and chronic
infections
Poliomyelitis, Meningitis, Encephalitis, Tuberculosis, Filariasis,
Leprosy, Tetanus Measles.
Non-communicable diseases: Cardio vascular diseases: Coronary heart
disease, Hypertension,
Stroke, Rheumatic heart disease, Cancer, Diabetes, Obesity,
Blindness, Accidents and Injuries.
3 PUBLIC HEALTH ADMINISTRATION 05 05
An overview of the health administration set up at Central and state
levels. The national health program- highlighting the role of social,
economic and cultural factors in the implementation of the national
programs. Health problems of vulnerable groups- pregnant and
lactating women, infants and pre-school
children, occupational groups
4 HEALTH PROGRAMMES IN INDIA 05 05
Vector borne disease control program, National
leprosy eradication program, National tuberculosis program, National
AIDS control program, National program for control of blindness,
Iodine deficiency disorders (IDD) program, Universal Immunization
program, Reproductive and child health program, National cancer
control program, National mental health program. National diabetes
control program, National family welfare program, National sanitation
and water
supply program, Minimum needs program.
5 PREVENTIVE MEDICINE IN OBSTRECTICS 10 10
PAEDIATRICS AND GERIATRICS:
MCH problems, Antenatal, Intranatal and post natal care, Care of
children, Child health problems, Rights of child and Nationa policy for
children, MCH services and indicators of MCH care Social welfare

151
 program for women and children, -
-Preventive medicine and geriatrics. Demography and Family Planning,
Demographic cycle, Fertility, Family planning objectives of national
family planning program and family planning methods, A general idea
of advantage and disadvantages of the methods MCH problems,
Antenatal, Intranatal and post natal care, Care of children, Child
health problems, Rights of child and Nationa policy for children, MCH
services and indicators of MCH care Social welfare program for women
and children, Preventive medicine and geriatrics. Demography and
Family Planning, Demographic cycle, Fertility, Family planning
objectives of national family planning program and family planning
methods A general idea of advantage and disadvantages of the
methods.
6 NUTRITION AND ENVIRONMETAL HEALTH 11 11
Classification of foods, Nutritional profiles of principal foods,
Nutritional problems in public health, Community nutrition program.
Nutritional Diseases: Malnutrition, Nutritional disorders,
osteomalacia, Rickets, Neuropathies due to vitamin deficiency,
skeletal deformities.
7 ENVIRONMENT AND HEALTH 10 10
Components of environment, Water and air pollution and public
health: Pollution control, Disposal of waste, Medical entomology.
Hospital waste management: Sources of hospital waste, Health
hazards, Waste management. Disaster Management: Natural and
manmade disasters, Disaster impact and response, Relief phase,
Epidemiologic surveillance and disease control,
Nutrition, Rehabilitation, Disaster preparedness.
8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 07 07
Occupational environment, Occupational hazards, Occupational
diseases, Prevention of occupational diseases. Social security and
other measures for the protection from occupational hazard accidents
and diseases. Details of compensation acts Outline the Employees
State Insurance scheme and its benefit workmen
compensation act.
9 MENTAL HEALTH 03 03
Characteristics of a mentally healthy person, Types of mental,
illness, Causes of mental ill health, Prevention, Mental health
services, Alcohol and drug dependence. Emphasis on
community aspects of mental health.
10 HEALTH EDUCATION 03 03
Concepts, aims and objectives, Approaches to health education,
Models of health education, Contents of
health education, Principles of health education, Practice of health
education. List the principles of health education, methods of
communication and role of Health education in rehabilitation service-
AV aids, planning a health education Program. Define the role of
community leaders and health professional in
health education. Outline the role of international health
agencies in rehabilitation of the disabled.
TOTAL 64 64

152
RECOMMONDED TEXT BOOKS
1. Park‟ s Textbook of Preventive & Social Medicine - K. Park
2. Textbook of Preventive & Social Medicine - P.K. Mahajan & M.C. Gupta
3. Essential of Community Medicine - Baride and Kulkarni
4. Indian Social Problems - Madan, Vol-I-Madras

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the 80
syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30

Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=50 30

6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions10x2=20 20

10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20 Marks)

Internal assessment follows as per University pattern

153
 NON EXAMINATION COURSE
YOGA IN PHYSIOTHERAPY (SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -605)
DIDACTIC = 48 HOURS

COURSE DESCRIPTION

This subject would be providing an insight into the therapeutic effects of Yoga. This will also help the
student to correlate the application of Yoga as a therapy for various disorders.

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the candidate will be compliant in following domains:
Cognitive –
1. On successful completion of the course the student will be able to
2. Elaborate the basics of YOGIC sciences and the relevance of YOGA in the field of Physiotherapy
3. List down different schools of YOGA, the origin and genesis of YOGA.
4. Discuss the scientific correlation for YOGA and the description of human anatomy according to YOGA
5. Comprehend and analyze Indian tradition, values and the role of YOGA in community
Psychomotor –
1. Demonstrate and preach the elements of Yamma, Niama, Asana,Pranayama, Prathyahara, Dharana,
Dhyana, Samadhi
2. Perform various asanas sequentially and demonstrate the same to patients
3. Perform various types of Pranayama and demonstrate the same to patients
4. Perform Mudhras, Shathkryas, and give due consideration to indication and contraindication before
prescribing them to patients
Affective
The student should be able to go to the community and impart knowledge about YOGA, teach the
values of YOGIC life and the importance of individual discipline. The students should be able to assist the
community in performin various asanas, pranayamas, mudhras and Kriyas.

154
 SYLLABUS

Sr. Didactic Total

No. Topics Hours Hours
Introduction to YOGIC sciences Relevance of yoga in field
1. of physiotherapy Different schools of YOGA 08 08
Scientific correlation for YOGA
Indian tradition, values and the role of YOGA in
Community Anatomy of Human body according to YOGIC
sciences – Shath
Chakras, DhasaNaadis, Prana, Varmasthanas.
2. YOGA – Ashtaanga YOGAM – Yamma, Niama, 28 28
Asana,Pranayama, Prathyahara, Dharana,
Dhyana, Samadhi Major types of YOGA - Pathanjali yoga,
Hatha yoga, Raja Yoga
3 Asanas – in supine lying, prone lying, sitting and standing. 20 20
Biomechanical analysis of various
asanas, muscle work, Indication and contraindications

Pranayama – the basic science of Naadishudhi Kapalapaathy,

sooryanadi, Bhasthrika, Sheethali, Sheethakari, Brahmari and
Moorcha pranayama and relevance to
physiotherapy breathing exercises.
The science of Mudhras and various types. Shathkryas – Basic
sciences, indication and contraindication.
Evidence based practices in YOGA and future scope of
researches
TOTAL 56 56
REFERENCE TEXT:

1. Colgrove YS, Sharma N, Kluding P, Potter D, Imming K, et al. (2012) Effect of Yoga on Motor function
in People with Parkinson‘s Disease: A Randomized, Controlled Pilot Study. J Yoga Phys Ther 2:112

2. Diamond L (2010) Links between obesity and mental health. Clinical Advisor. March 2010

3. Guarracino J, Savino S, Edelstein S (2006) Yoga participation is beneficial to obesity prevention,

hypertension control and positive quality of life. Topics in Clinical Nutrition 21: 108-113

4. Leddy AL, Crowner BE, Earhart GM (2011) Functional gait assessment and balance evaluation system
test: reliability, validity, sensitivity, and specificity for identifying individuals with Parkinson disease
who fall. Phys Ther 91:102-113

5. Schilling BK, Karkage RE, LeDoux MS, Pfeiffer RF, Weiss LW, et al. (2009) Impaired leg extensor
strength in individuals with Parkinson disease and relatedness to functionalmobility. Parkinsonism
Rela Disord 15: 776-780

155
 NON EXAMINATION COURSE
ERGONOMICS AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -606)

Didactic hour = 48

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE:

In this subject, the student will learn in detail about assessment and management of basic
ergonomics.

OUTLINE OF THE COURSE:

Sr no Title of the unit Didactic hour

1. INTRODUCTION 8
2. ERGONOMICAL ASPECTS OF POSTURE & MOVEMENT 12
3. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS & ERGONOMICS 5
4. WORK ORGANIZATION 5
5. OFFICE ERGONOMICS 18
Total 48

DETAILED SYLLABUS:

1 INTRODUCTION 8 hrs
1.1 Definitions of terms: Ergonomics, Ergonomists.
1.2 Social significance of ergonomics.
2 ERGONOMICAL ASPECTS OF POSTURE & MOVEMENT 12 hrs
2.1 Biomechanical, Physiological & Anthropometric factors related to ergonomics.
2.2 Ergonomical aspects of Postures like Sitting, Standing, Hand & arm postures.
2.3 Ergonomical aspects of movements like Pushing, Pulling, Lifting & carrying.
2.4 Work Related Musculo Skeletal Disorders.
3 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS & ERGONOMICS 5 hrs
3.1 Noise, Light, Vibration, Climate & Chemical substances.
4 WORK ORGANIZATION 5 hrs

4.1 Flexible forms of organizations, Autonomous groups, Coaching management styles.

5 OFFICE ERGONOMICS 18 hrs
5.1 Computer & work station equipment.
5.2 Work station analysis. Seating in industry.

5.3 Various ergonomics protocol for occupational disorders

156
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES/OBJECTIVES:
1. At the end of the semester the student will be able:
2. Identify & analyze ergonomical aspects related to posture, movement, work & office.
3. Correct the faulty ergonomics & thereby refrain the individuals from musculoskeletal
problems.

RECOMMENDED STUDY MATERIAL: TEXTBOOKS:

1. Ergonomics for Beginners. Jan dul & Bernard Weerdmeester, 2nd edition.
2. Ergonomics for Therapist. Karen Jacobs, Third edition
3. REFERENCE BOOKS:
4. Elements of Ergonomics Programs: A Primer Based On Workplace Evaluations of
Musculoskeletal Disorders, Alexander L. Cohen.
5. Ergonomics and the management of musculoskeletal disorders, Martha J. Sanders.

157
 CLINICAL EDUCATION – III

COURSE CODE COURSE TOTAL HOUR CREDIT

4
SBVPT - 607 CLINICAL EDUCATION - 128
III

At the end of clinical postings the student should be able to:

1. Explain the role of physiotherapy in various impairments Demonstrate the skill of positioning and
handling patients in the bed
2. Demonstrate skill in rapport with patients, care givers and collecting relevant subjective date based
on problem oriented medical record.
3. Demonstrate specific objective measures and interpret them.
4. Have skill in recording the subjective and objective findings on the body chart. Have skill in
documenting the subjective and objective date in the case records. Use knowledge of orthotics and
prosthetics wherever applicable.

Students' activity:

Student will be posted in outpatient physiotherapy department and inpatient areas. He/ she will be
supervised and trained to collect subjective and objective data during their postings. They will be given
opportunity to handle patients to position, to provide simple exercises, helping during mobilization. The
student should improve their skill in documentation and handling during this posting.

Evaluation:

Student is expected to write minimum three patients per posting. The cases will be presented and
discussed by the faculty. The presentation and evaluation skill along with documentation ability will be
evaluated.

158
VII - SEMESTER

159
 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -701)
(Didactic 32 hrs + Clinical 64 hrs) TOTAL 96 Hrs

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course includes a study of applied anatomy and physiology of the neuromuscular system
along with the pathological changes and patho-mechanics of the system. It discusses relevant tests and
measures for determining impairment and differentiating the diagnosis based on the specificity and
sensitivity of the assessment instruments as related to patients with disorders of the neuromuscular system.
Neurophysiotherapy curriculum emphasizes the selection and use of measurement tools and
management techniques based on the best available evidence. Physiotherapy strategies for assessment and
treatment address structural & functional impairments and activity limitations of individuals and population
(both adults & pediatric) in the context of their personal needs/goals including participation restrictions and
the environment they live in.
The permanence of many neurological impairments mandates that, where possible, emphasis
is placed on prognosis and criterion – referenced outcomes to establish realistic goals.
The therapeutic approach is patient and family focused with a biopsychosocial emphasis that
embraces inter professional collaboration and requires ongoing communication, education and negotiation
with the client, family, care giver and healthcare team.

S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total

NO hours hours hours
PRINCIPLES OF ASSESSMENT AND
1 10 22 32
MANAGEMENT

2 NEURO PHYSIOLOGICAL APPROACHES 07 12 19

PHYSIOTHEAPY MANAGEMENT OF
3 08 22 30
NEUROLOGICAL CONDITIONS IN ADULT

PHYSIOTHEAPY MANAGEMENT OF
4 NEUROLOGICAL CONDITIONS IN 07 08 15
PAEDIATRICS
TOTAL 32 64 96

OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course, student will

Cognitive:
1. Be able to identify and analyze movement dysfunction due to neuromuscular skeletal disorders in
terms of biomechanical and biophysical basis, correlate the same with the health condition, routine
electrophysiological, radiological and biochemical investigations, and arrive at appropriate physical
therapy diagnosis using WHO-ICF with clinical reasoning.
2. Be able to plan realistic goals based on the knowledge of prognosis of the disease of the nervous
system and prescribe appropriate, safe evidence based physiotherapy interventions with clinical
reasoning.
3. Understand infection control principles, best practices and techniques applicable to a range of setting
where clients with neurological conditions would receive physiotherapy services.
4. Know determinacy of health (environmental, nutritional, self-management/ behavioral factors) and
chronic disease management principles related to neurological health.
160
Psychomotor:
1. Be able to develop psychomotor skills to implement timely and appropriate physiotherapy assessment
tools/techniques to ensure a holistic approach to patient evaluation in order to prioritize patient‟ s
problems.
2. Be able to select timely physiotherapeutic interventions to reduce morbidity and physiotherapy
management strategies, suitable for the patients‟ problems and indicator conditions based on the
best available evidence.
3. Implement appropriate neuro-physiotherapeutic approaches, electrotherapeutic modalities, joint and
soft tissue mobilizations and ergonomic advice for neuromuscular skeletal systems, contextual
factors to enhance performance of activities and participation in society.

Affective:
Acquire professional, technical, ethical skills by demonstrating safe, respectful and effective
performance of physical handling techniques taking into account the patient‘s clinical neurological
condition, the need for privacy, the physiotherapist, the resources available and the environment.

SYLLABUS
S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total
NO hours hours hours
PRINCIPLES OF ASSESSMENT AND
1 10 22 32
MANAGEMENT
Higher Mental Function And Cognitive Disorders,
and Its PT Management
Cranial Nerves Assessment and Its PT Management
Perceptual disorders and Its PT Management
Motor assessment and Its PT Management
Tone Assessment Types, Patho Physiology and Its
PT Management
Sensory System and Sensory Re-Education
Balance, Posture, Coordination Assessment and Its
PT Management
Gait Assessment and Its PT Management
Assessment of Bladder and Bowel, Functional
ability and its Management
ICU Management and Management Of Unconscious
Patient
2 NEURO PHYSIOLOGICAL APPROACHES 07 12 19
Motor control and learning to understand various
neuro physiological Approaches
Motor Relearning Program
Roods Approach
Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation
Vojta‘s Approach
Brunstrom Approach
Ndt/Bobath
Johnstone, Conductive Education
PHYSIOTHEAPY MANAGEMENT OF
3 NEUROLOGICAL CONDITIONS IN ADULT 08 22 30

Stroke
MND
Multiple Sclerosis

161
 Polyneuropathy
Spinal Cord Lesions
TBI
Peripheral Nerve Injury
Parkinson‘s Disease

PHYSIOTHEAPY MANAGEMENT OF
4 NEUROLOGICAL CONDITIONS IN 07 08 15
PAEDIATRICS
Cerebral Palsy
Spina Bifida and Hydrocephalus
Poliomyelitis
Muscular Dystrophy
TOTAL 32 64 96

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS:

1. Cash's Text book for Physio Therapist in Neurological disorders-Jaypee bros.
2. Proprioceptive Neuro muscular Facilitation – Herman Kabat
3. Practical Physical Therapy – Margaret Hollis
4. Therapeutic exercise – O‟ Sullivan
5. Right in the middle – Patricia Davis
6. Stroke rehabilitation – Margaret Johnstone
7. Pediatric Physiotherapy – Roberta Shepherd.

SUPERVISED CLINICAL PRACTICE

During the supervised clinical practice, student should be able to successfully execute the
competencies in assessment, physical diagnosis on ICF basis, plan of care and therapeutic interventions
relating to neuromuscular dysfunctions. Student should become familiar with performance of these skills in
all settings (inpatient and outpatient) as well as on all types of conditions (surgical, non-surgical, pediatric
and geriatric). Student should learn to objectively perform these skills under the supervision of trained
physical therapists. Student is required to keep a performance record of all listed competencies during the
clinical practice and successfully perform on real patients during the final evaluation of the course.
CLINICAL SKILLS:
Learning of facilitatory and inhibitory Neurotherapeutic techniques related to adult and paediatric
neurological conditions
1. Sensory testing – Sensory Re-education
2. MMT / voluntary control – muscle re-education
3. Use of appropriate electrical modalities for muscle reeducation / pain relief
4. Management of tone
5. Postural assessment & postural correction
6. Transfer training

162
 7. Functional re-education
8. Gait assessment- gait training
9. Co-ordination testing & training
10. Strategies for balance training
11. Fitness training for patients having neurological problems.
12. Use of outcome measures & quality of life questionnaire.

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay 30
Q1-Essay-15 Marks
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks Maximum Marks

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks) for both theory and practical separately. Internal assessment given
for Theory and Practical follows as per University pattern

163
 PHYSIOTHERAPY IN CARDIOVASCULAR AND RESPIRATORY CONDITIONS

(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -702)

(Didactic 32 hrs + Clinical 64 hrs) TOTAL = 96 Hrs

COURSE DESCRIPTION:

This course includes a study of applied anatomy and physiology of the Cardiovascular and
Respiratory system along with pathological changes and patho-mechanics of the system. It discusses relevant
tests and measures for determining impairment and differentiating the diagnosis based on the specificity and
sensitivity of the assessment instruments as related to patients with disorders of the Cardiovascular and
Respiratory system.

Cardiovascular and Respiratory Physiotherapy focuses on maximizing functional independence

and well-being. This course uses a patient-centered model of care with multi-system assessment, evidence
based interventions and a significant patient education component to promote healthy active lifestyle and
community-based living. The candidate will have a sound understanding of theory, scientific evidence and
best practices in the areas of the Cardio vascular and Respiratory System including critical care,
Psychosocial Sciences, Movement Sciences and Physiotherapy.

S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total

NO hours hours hours
REVIEW OF BASIC APPLIED ANATOMY &
1 01 - 01
PHYSIOLOGY
2 INVESTIGATION AND EXERCISE TESTING 04 04 08
3 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY 02 05 07
4 PHYSIOTHERAPY SKILLS 02 10 12
5 APPLICATION OF ICF MODEL 01 - 01
6 PHYSIOTHERAPY MANAGEMENT 10 20 30
7 CARDIAC REHABILITATION 03 06 09
8 PULMONARY REHABILITATION 02 06 08
9 ICU EVALUATION & MANAGEMENT 02 06 08
10 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL SCALES 02 02 05
11 BASIC LIFE SUPPORT (C.P.C.R.) 03 05 08
TOTAL 32 64 96

OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

Cognitive:
1. Identify and analyze cardio-vascular & pulmonary dysfunction in terms of bio-mechanical, and Bio-
physical basis and correlate the same with the Health condition, routine electrophysiological,
radiological, and biochemical investigations and arrive at appropriate Physical therapy diagnosis using
WHO-ICF tool (Disability, Functioning and contextual factors) with clinical reasoning.
2. Plan, prescribe appropriate, safe physiotherapy interventions with clinical reasoning for and
prevention of impairments, activity limitations, participation restrictions and environmental barriers
related to cardio-vascular & pulmonary dysfunction in acute care settings, at home , work place, in
society & in leisure activities.
164
Psychomotor:
1. Utilize skills such as executing exercise tests, PFT, Ankle brachial index, arterial & venous
insufficiency tests
2. Utilize psychomotor skills to implement appropriate bronchial hygiene therapy, therapeutic exercise,
electrotherapeutic modalities, CPCR, Intensive (critical) care, joint and soft tissue mobilizations,
offering ergonomic & energy conservation advice for patients with cardio-vascular & pulmonary
dysfunction.
3. Utilize the knowledge about contextual factors to enhance capacity and performance of activities and
participation in society
4. Utilize the skill to deliver cardiac, pulmonary & vascular rehabilitation

Affective:
Acquire professional, technical, ethical skills by demonstrating safe, respectful and effective
performance of physical handling techniques taking into account the patient‘s clinical cardiorespiratory
condition, the need for privacy, the physiotherapist, the resources available and the environment.

SYLLABUS

S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total

NO hours hours hours
REVIEW OF BASIC APPLIED ANATOMY &
1 PHYSIOLOGY 01 - 01
Pulmonary Anatomy & Physiology
Cardiac anatomy & Physiology
Cardiac and Respiratory Pharmacology
Biomechanics of Thorax (Revision)
2 INVESTIGATION AND EXERCISE TESTING 04 04 08
Investigation & Clinical Implication - X-ray, PFT, ABG, ECG, ABI,
claudication time, pulses, auscultation, postural hypotension
Stress testing
Minute Walk test & Harward Step test Skill & Interpretation
Shuttle Walk Test & Modified Bruce Protocol
(should be interpretation only)
3 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY 02 05 07
Nutrition(Bioenergetics)
Total energy expenditure (MET) sources
Acute and chronic adaptation to exercise
Complication of bed rest/ Immobilization & prevention
Aerobic & Anaerobic Training,
Principles of Exercise Prescription
Aging in Cardiovascular & Respiratory System
4 PHYSIOTHERAPY SKILLS 02 10 12
Bronchial Hygiene Therapy-Postural Drainage, Forced Expiratory
Technique, Breathing Exercise,
ACBT, Autogenic Drainage
Adjunct Therapy – Flutter & PEP Therapy
Therapeutic positioning to improve ventilation & perfusion matching
Therapeutic positioning to alleviate dyspnoea Nebulisation &

165
 Humidification Lung Expansion Therapy
Neurophysiologic facilitation of respiration
Electrotherapeutic modalities for pain, swelling &wound healing.
Therapeutic exercise program to alleviate pain, to achieve mobility,
to correct posture and improve peripheral circulation.
Therapeutic exercise program to strengthen respiratory muscles
Deliver Ergonomic advice, energy conservation advice, Home
Exercise Program & modifications of contextual factors.
Applied Yoga in Cardio-respiratory conditions
5 APPLICATION OF ICF MODEL 01 - 01
To plan effective Short term and long term goals to enhance
functioning of Cardiovascular & Respiratory Dysfunction
Set patient specific goals and expected outcome within time frame
with clinical reasoning Documentation
6 PHYSIOTHERAPY MANAGEMENT 10 20 30
Medical & Surgical Cardiovascular Diseases
i) Hypertension
ii) I.H.D. , Myocardial Infarction
iii) Valvular Heart Disease
iv) Congenital
v) Acquired
vi) Thrombosis, Phlebitis and Phlebothrombosis
vii) Varicose Veins and ulcers
viii) Other Arterial disorders
Obstructive & Restrictive Respiratory disorders
i) Bronchitis
ii) Emphysema
iii) Bronchial Asthma
iv) Cystic Fibrosis
v) Occupational lung diseases
vi) Interstitial Lung Diseases
General Respiratory Infection
i) Tuberculosis
ii) Pneumonia
iii) Lung Abscess
iv) Bronchiectasis
v) Pneumothorax
vi) Hydropneumothorax
vii) Atelectasis
viii) Pleuritis
ix) Pleural Effusion
x) Empyema & other Pleural Disorders
Neonatal & Paediatric Respiratory Infection
i)ARDS
ii) Meconium aspiration
iii) Pneumonitis
iv) Pneumonia
v) Childhood Asthma

166
 vi) Cystic fibrosis and chronic lung disease
e. Pulmonary Surgeries
Traumatic and Surgical conditions of Chest, Lung,
Pleura and Mediastinum
f. General abdominal & Oncological Surgeries
i) Pre and Post Operative care
ii) Complication & Management.
g. Burns (Head Face neck & thoracic, inhalation
burns)
Acute care Management Only
h. Diabetic & Vascular Ulcer
Amputations (Stump care only)
i. Metabolic Syndrome
i) Diabetes (Mellitus & Insipidus)
ii) Obesity
j. Musculoskeletal dysfunction
i) Flail chest
ii) Scoliosis
iii) Kyphosis
7 CARDIAC REHABILITATION 03 06 09
i) Definition,
ii) Indications, Contraindications
iii) Phases( I,II,III,& IV)
iv) Outcome Measures
8 PULMONARY REHABILITATION 02 06 08
i) Definition,
ii) Indications
iii) Contraindications
iv) Components of management
v) Outcome measures
9 ICU EVALUATION & MANAGEMENT 02 06 08
a) Basic evaluation
b) Principles of ICU Monitoring
c) Mechanical Ventilator modes
d) Suctioning & Humidification
e) Therapeutic intervention in
i)Tetanus, Head Injury
ii)Pulmonary Edema
iii) Multiple Organ Failure
iv) Neuromuscular Disease
v)Smoke Inhalation
vi) Poisoning,
vii) Aspiration near Drowning
viii) A.R.D.S
ix) Shock
x) Guillian Barre Syndrome
xi) Spinal Cord Injury & Other Acute
xii) Respiratory Disorders

167
10 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL SCALES 02 02 05
i) Generic and disease specific
ii) Patient‘s perception of his disability an
functioning and correlating the same with
therapist evaluation
11 BASIC LIFE SUPPORT (C.P.C.R.) 03 05 08
TOTAL 32 64 96

S.NO PRACTICAL
1 Positioning, breathing control strategies (e.g. Pursed Lip Breathing, Sustained Maximal
Inspiration, deep breathing), ventilator muscle training. Relaxation training, positioning,
early mobilization.
2 Airway clearance techniques, Suctioning, use of mechanical assistive devices (e.g.
Positive Expiratory Pressure, Flutter, Vest, etc.), postural drainage and percussions,
coughing maneuvers, medication delivery e.g. Nebulization ,oxygen
3 Physical handling Techniques (e.g. positioning and donning, doffing, fitting and adjusting
Stockings for vascular disorders, bandaging , dressing, taping, splints and orthotics
pertaining to cardiovascular and pulmonary impairments)
4 PNF for breathing facilitation and inhibition
5 Ability to use a variety of exercise/movement equipment (e.g. treadmill, heart rate
monitor, Oximeter, pressure biofeedback unit, free weights, balance boards, theraballs, etc)
6 Prescription and education: aerobic, endurance and interval exercise training,
resistance
(strength, Endurance and power) training, flexibility training. Formulating cardiac,
pulmonary rehabilitation program.
7 Develop skills to monitor compliance of the client in executing rehabilitation program &
identifying co-morbid & contextual factors affecting it.
8 Familiarity and skill of use of various monitoring and treatment equipments in ICU
9 Use of physical and electrical agents for pain relief and wound care
10 Skill of administering basic life support
Documentation:
Presentation & Documentation of 8 cases for patient management using ICF Model as following:
(Assessment, Evaluation, Diagnosis, Prognosis, Intervention, Outcome)
i) Medical Respiratory condition
ii) Pediatric respiratory condition
iii) Thoracic Surgical condition
iv) Cardiac Medical condition
v) Cardiac Surgical condition
vi) Peripheral vascular disorders
vii) Burns of Head, Neck & Face (Acute phase only)
viii) Abdominal surgical condition

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

i) Cash‘s Textbook for Physiotherapists in Chest, Heart & Vascular diseases
ii) Cash‘s text book in General Medicine & Surgical conditions for Physiotherapists
168
 iii) Chest Physical therapy & pulmonary rehabilitation -- Donna Frown Filter
iv) Brompton‘s hospital guide
v) Physiotherapy in respiratory and cardiac problem - Pryor and Prasad
vi) Physiotherapy in Cardio – Vascular rehabilitation – Webber
vii) Chest physiotherapy in intensive care Colin Mackenzie
viii) Mechanical ventilation – Ashfaq Hasan
ix) Management of Mechanical ventilation – Pierce

RECOMMENDED REFERENCE BOOKS

i) Exercise & the Heart – Wenger
ii) ECG – P.J. Mehta
iii) Cardiopulmonary Physical Therapy -- Irwin Scott
iv) Fundamental of respiratory care – Egan‘s
v) Essential of cardio pulmonary physical therapy – Hillgass And Sodosky
vi) Exercise physiology, energy, nutrition and human performance – M‟cardle
vii) Exercise testing and prescription - Skinner
viii) Exercise in health and disease-Pollock

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay 30
Q1-Essay-15 Marks
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks Maximum Marks

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks) for both theory and practical separately. Internal assessment given
for Theory and Practical follows as per University pattern

169
 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND BIOSTATISTICS
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -703)
Didactic hours = 64hrs COURSE DESCRIPTION:

To provide the students with the necessary concepts of statistics to enable them to realize a
research project in the field of Physiotherapy. It involves selection of appropriate statistical techniques to
address questions of medical and physiotherapeutic relevance; selects and applies appropriate statistical
techniques for managing common types of medical / physiotherapeutic data. It uses various software
packages for statistical analysis and data management. It interprets the results of statistical analyses and
critically evaluates the use of statistics in the medical literature. It communicates effectively with
statisticians and the wider medical community, in writing and orally through presentation of results of
statistical analyses. It explores current and anticipated developments in medical statistics as applied to
physiotherapists. It is designed to teach entry-level physical therapy students the fundamentals of reading
and understanding research methods, design, and statistics.

Objectives Cognitive
i) Judge and justify the need for evidence based physiotherapy practice.
ii) Enumerate the steps in Physiotherapy research process.
iii) Describe the importance & use of biostatistics for research work.

Psychomotor
i) Acquire skills of reviewing literature, formulating a hypothesis, collecting data, writing research
proposal etc.
ii) Develop skill in utilizing the computer knowledge for data processing, presentation and
interpretation.
Affective
At the end of training the student should be able to -
i) The student should be able to understand the research process and the components involved in a
research process.
ii) The student is expected to demonstrate a high degree of reasoning, commitment and
accountability.

170
 SYLLABUS

S. NO TOPIC Didactic
hours
1 RESEARCH IN PHYSIOTHERAPY 05
1. Introduction
2. Research for Physiotherapist: Why? How? When?
3. Research – Definition, concept, purpose, approaches
4.Internet sites for Physiotherapists.
2 RESEARCH FUNDAMENTALS 05
1. Define measurement
2. Measurement framework
3. Scales of measurement
4. Pilot Study
5. Types of variables
6. Reliability & Validity
7. Drawing Tables, Graphs, Master chart
3 WRITING A RESEARCH PROPOSAL 05
1. Defining a Problem
2. Review of Literature
3. Formulating a question, Operational Definition
4. Inclusion & Exclusion criteria
5. Methodology- Forming groups Data collection & method for analysis
6. Informed Consent Steps of documentation – Title to Scope of study
4 RESEARCH ETHICS 05
1. Importance of Ethics in Research
2. Main ethical issues in human subjects‟ research
3. Main ethical principles that govern research with human subjects
4. Components of an ethically valid informed consent for research.
5 OVERVIEW OF STUDY DESIGNS 05
1. Observational-
a. Descriptive- Case study/ series, Cross sectional, Normative,
Correlational
b. Analytical; case control, cohort
2.Experimental- True & quasi experimental
6 SAMPLING 08
1. Random and non-random sampling.
2. Various methods of sampling – simple random, stratified, systematic,
cluster and multistage. Sampling and non-sampling errors and
methods of minimizing these errors.
7 BASIC PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS AND SAMPLING 10
DISTRIBUTIONS
1. Concept of probability and probability distribution.
2. Normal, Poisson and Binomial distributions, parameters and
application.
3. Concept of sampling distributions.
4. Standard error and confidence intervals.
5. Skewness and Kurtosis

171
8 TESTS OF SIGNIFICANCE 07
1. Basics of testing of hypothesis – Null and alternate hypothesis, type I
and type II errors, level of significance and power of the test, p value.
2. Tests of significance (parametric) - t– test (paired and unpaired), Chi
square test and test of proportion, one way analysis of variance.
3. Repeated measures analysis of variance.
4. Tests of significance (non-parametric)- Mann-Whitney u test,
Wilcoxon test
5. Kruskal-Wallis analysis of variance. Friedman‘s analysis of variance.
9 CORRELATION AND REGRESSION 06
Simple correlation – Pearson‘s and Spearman‘ s; testing the significance
of correlation coefficient, linear and multiple regressions.
10 STATISTICAL DATA 05
Tabulation, Calculation of central tendency and dispersion, Using
software packages, Analysis, Presentation of data in diagrammatic &
Graphic form
11 RESEARCH REPORT 05
Overview, Types and Publication
TOTAL 64

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOK

1. Methods in Biostatistics - B.K. Mahajan
2. Research for physiotherapist-Hicks
Section Separation and Marks Distribution:

Section A – Research methodology - 40 Marks

Section B – biostatistics - 40 Marks

Question Paper Pattern:

Section A: Research methodology (Total Marks: 40)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks

(40)
1 Essay 01 15 15
2 Short Notes 03 05 15
3 Short Answer Questions 05 02 10

Section B – biostatistics (Total Marks: 40)

S. No Description No. of Questions Marks Allotted Total Marks

(40)
1 Essay 01 15 15
2 Short Notes 03 05 15
3 Short Answer Questions 05 02 10

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks)

Internal assessment as per University pattern
internal assessment average of both research methodology and biostatistics will be calculated to 20
marks

172
 COMMUNITY BASED REHABILITATION
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -704)
Didactic hour = 64 hours

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course equips the student with community based rehabilitation perspective. It provides
knowledge on women health problems, geriatric issues handled by physiotherapists. Health promotion, sports
related issues and industrial requirements of physiotherapy are also covered.

LEARNING OBJECTIVES
After 75 hours of lectures, demonstration student will be able to explain role of physiotherapy in
health promotion in community and women‟s health. He/ she will be able to demonstrate evaluation and
training of geriatric population, sports personnel. He/ she will be able to articulate need of physiotherapy in
a industrial set up and explain ergonomic assessment.

COURSE OUTLINE

Sl no: Topic Didactic Practical Total hour

hour hour
1 UNIT I: women's health 15 15
Physiological adaptation & consideration of exercise during
puberty; pregnancy; & menopause-choice of concern
evaluation, planning & management.
Prenatal & antenatal exercises; relief of pain. Relaxation
exercises & specific breathing pattern during labor.
Post natal care including care of the breasts- use of special
garments.
Post natal exercise & management of scar following caesarian
section.
Diastases recti management.
Urogenital dysfunction – management of incontinence – electro
& exercise re-education, care of the scars.
Exercise programme for obesity related sterility. Abdominal;
pelvic floor & back extension exercises following gynecological
surgeries; Relief of pain.
Deep heat therapy for pelvic infection

2 UNIT II: Geriatrics 10 10

Physiology of ageing process.

Degenerative systemic changes – musculoskeletal ( atrophy,
osteoporosis) stiffness, hypotonia, cardio- respiratory problems,
post menopausal changes, neurological changes- senile mental
changes-role of physical therapeutics.
Psycho-socio-economical aspects of ageing. Assessment &
evaluation- prescription of exercise & training.
Institutionisation of the aged role of physiotherapy in planning;
developing & management.

3 UNIT III: Health promotion 07 07

Exercise: testing, evaluation, prescription & training for
maintenance of health for (i) children growth, body
composition, (ii) general health, (iii) aged persons.
Exercise in clinical set up: obesity & diabetic testing & training.
Exercise for mental health / stress: prescription & training.

173
4 UNIT IV: Sports physiotherapy 17 17
Energy for physical activity: Energy value of food, energy
transfer in the body, energy transfer in exercise, human energy
expenditure.
Applied exercise physiology: Training for anaerobic and aerobic
power, Muscle strength training.
Effect of nutrition in sports & general health. Sports testing for
individual event: fitness testing.
Body temperature: effect of environment & climatic condition
on sports performance:
adaptations / training.
Sports injuries (musculoskeletal / open injuries)
pathomechanics – preventive measures – testing / prescription
training – emergencies on the field: management.
hormones: females in sports. Sports & general health
UNIT V - Industrial health: Fitness testing & Ergo
5 therapeutics 17 17
Factors responsible for occupational hazards: stress, faulty
working conditions (biomechanical
aspects) thermal stress; overuse; pollution: noise, air, water &
food.
Accidents: electrical, mechanical, thermal & chemical.
Disability evaluation (functional), interpretation & legislation:
principles, techniques:
suggestions for compensation.
Ergonomic evaluations: evaluation of working area; type of
work; fitness testing for the same.
Work capacity evaluation & work hardening. Preventive
physiotherapy measures.
Fitness programmes for specific work. Sports & industry.
Planning, developing & management towards work efficiency
productivity, avoidance of accidents & other use.
Relaxation program for stress.

Total 64 64

EVALUATION:
Unit tests, term examinations, seminars and assignments are given to evaluate the student.

Text Books
S.NO Title
1 Physiotherapy in Gynaecological &Obstetrical conditions – by Poldon – Jaypee

2 Text book of Work Physiology - Astrand P A Rodahe K

3 Therapeutic Exercise – By Kisner & Colby.

4 Text book of community medicine &Community Health – by Bhaskar Rao.

5 Geriatrics Physiotherapy – By Andrew Guccione.

6 Industrial Therapy – by Glenda Key

7 Preventive &Social Medicine –by Park 174

Reference Books

Sl:No Title
1 Mural K F –Ergonomics: Man in his working environment
2 Exercise Physiology-by Mc ‘Ardle.
3 Musculoskeletal Disorders in work place: Principle &Practice-by Nordin
Andersons
pope.
4 Indian Social Problem Vol 2 – by G R Madan.
5 Disability 2000 - RCI.
6 Legal Rights of disabled in India-by Gautam Bannerjee.

7 ICF –WHO Health Organisation 2001 publication.

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20 Marks)

Internal assessment follows as per University pattern

175
 NON EXAMINATION COURSE
DIAGNOSING IMAGING FOR PHYSIOTHERAPIST

COURSE CODE : SBVPT-707

DIDACTIC HOURS = 48 HOURS

Course Description :
This course covers the study of common diagnostic and therapeutic imaging tests. At the end
of the course students will be aware of the indications and implications of commonly used diagnostic imaging
tests as they pertain to patient‘s management. The course will cover that how X-Ray, CT, MRI, Ultrasound
and Other Medical Images are created and how they help the health professionals to save lives.

Sl:No Topics Didactic Practical Total hour

hour
1 IMAGE INTERPRETATION 08 08
History
A New Kind of Ray
How a Medical Image Helps What Imaging Studies
Reveal Radiography( x-rays )
Fluoroscopy, Computed Tomography (CT) Magnetic
Resonance Imaging (MRI) Ultrasound, Endoscopy.

2 RADIOGRAPHY AND MAMMOGRAPHY 06 06

Equipment components
Procedures for Radiography & Mammography
Benefits versus Risks and Costs
Indications and contraindications.
3 FLUOROSCOPY 05 05
What is Fluoroscopy? Equipment used for
fluoroscopy
Indications and Contra indications How it helps in
diagnosis
The Findings in Fluoroscopy Benefits versus Risks
and Costs.
4 COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY (CT) 06 06
What is Computed Tomography? Equipment used for
Computed Tomography Indications and Contra
indications
How it helps in diagnosis
The Findings in Computed Tomography Benefits
versus Risks and Costs.
5 MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING (MRI) 06 06
What is MRI? Equipment used for MRI
Indications and Contra indications How it helps in
diagnosis
The Findings in MRI
Benefits versus Risks and Costs
Functional MRI.

176
 6 ULTRASOUND 08 08
What is Ultrasound? Equipment used for Ultrasound
Indications and Contra indications How it helps in
diagnosis
The Findings in Ultrasound Benefits versus Risks
and Costs.

7 ENDOSCOPY 05 05
What is Endoscopy?
Equipment used for Endoscopy Indications and Contra
indications How it helps in diagnosis
The Findings in Endoscopy Benefits versus Risks and
Costs.
8 NUCLEAR MEDICINE 04 04
What is Nuclear Medicine? Equipment used for
Nuclear Medicine Indications and Contra indications
How it helps in diagnosis.
Benefits versus Risks and Costs.
Total 48 48

Reference books :

Diagnostic Imaging for Physical Therapists , 1st Edition

Authors: James Swain Kenneth Bush Juliette Brosing , eBook ISBN: 9781455757398,

eBookISBN: 9781416069508, eBook ISBN: 9781455777006, Hardcover ISBN: 9781416029038

Imprint: Saunders, Published Date: 21st October 2008, Page Count: 336

177
 CLINICAL EDUCATION - IV

COURSE CODE COURSE TOTAL HOUR CREDIT

SBVPT - 708 CLINICAL EDUCATION - IV 128 4

LEARNING OBJECTIVE:

At the end of clinical postings the student should be able to

1. List down relevant objective findings with respect to clinical conditions.
2. Demonstrate skill in objective examination and interpret them.
3. Set appropriate goals and pain treatment.
4. Handle patients under supervision.
5. Demonstrate skill of handling equipments
6. Have developed time management in clinical area.
7. Prepare and handle the patient for therapy
8. Demonstrate clinical application of gym equipments for therapy

Students’s activity:
Student will be posted in outpatient physiotherapy department and inpatient areas. He/ she
will be supervised and trained to collect subjective and objective data during their postings. They will be
given opportunity to handle patients to position, to provide simple exercises, helping during mobilization.
The student should improve their skill in documentation and handling during this posting.

Evaluation:
Student is expected to write minimum three patients per posting. The cases will be presented
and discussed by the faculty. The presentation and evaluation skill along with documentation ability will be
evaluated

178
VIII - SEMESTER

179
 ADVANCED PHYSICAL AND FUNCTIONAL DIAGNOSIS
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -801
Didactic(32) + Practical Hour(64) = 96 hour

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
1. Functional Diagnosis & Physiotherapeutic Skills is a stepping stone to introduce students to actual
concepts of PT assessment and later to the treatment concepts
2. Functional Diagnosis focuses on the assessment of all the body systems i.e. Musculoskeletal,
Neurological and Cardiovascular-Respiratory in order to study the various impairments and their
impact on activity and participation of the individual taking into consideration the contextual
factors as well. It also emphasizes on the clinical reasoning of the underlying components of a
universal evaluation tool (ICF) for a better understanding of the patient in a holistic manner. The
student is also subjected to learn basics of manipulative, cardiovascular-respiratory and neuro-
therapeutic skills on models so that he/she will be able to apply these principles eventually on
patients.
3. The student will also gain a sound knowledge of electro-diagnosis, which is an integral part of
Functional Diagnosis.

S. TOPIC Didactic Practical / Total

NO hours Laboratory hours
Skill hours
SECTION-I INTERNATIONAL
1 CLASSIFICATION OF FUNCTION, DISABILITY 05 05
& HEALTH (ICF)
SECTION-II MUSCULOSKELETAL
2 EVALUATION & MANIPULATIVE SKILLS 10 22 32

SECTION –III CARDIO VASCULAR

3 RESPIRATORY EVALUATION & RELATED 07 22 29
SKILLS
SECTION – IV NEUROTHERAPEUTIC
4 EVALUATION & ELECTRO DIAGNOSIS 10 22 32

TOTAL 32 64 96

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Cognitive:
1. At the end of the course, student will be able to:
2. Understand the use of ICF.
3. Acquire the knowledge of human growth and development from new life to birth and adulthood
4. Understand structure and function of nerve and muscle as a base for understanding the electro-
diagnostic assessment.
5. Understand the use of appropriate tools or instruments of assessment in Musculoskeletal,
Neurological and Cardio-vascular conditions.
6. Understand the theoretical basis and principles of manipulative skills, neurotherapeutic skills and
skills of cardiopulmonary care and resuscitation
7. Document results of assessment to evaluate the patient from time to time.
180
Psychomotor:
1. Student will be able to:
2. Perform assessment of measures of body structures and functions related to tissue mechanics.
3. Perform assessment of measures of body structures and functions related to motor control affecting
activity and participation, quality of life and independence.
4. Perform the skill of electro-diagnosis (SD Curve) and observe skills of EMG and NCV studies,to
understand the documentation of finding of these studies.
5. Interpretation and analysis of assessment and findings.
6. Demonstrate skills of manual therapy musculoskeletal, neurotherapeutics and cardiovascular and
respiratory skills on models (Laboratory work).

Affective:
1. Student will be able to:
2. Select appropriate assessment techniques to facilitate safety, sensitive practices in patient comfort
and effectiveness.
3. Demonstrate safe, respectful and effective performance of physical therapy handling techniques
taking into account patient‟ s clinical condition, need for privacy, resources available and the
environment.
4. Follow the principles of appropriate handling technique that is draping, hand placement, body part
positioning, manual techniques, lifting and transfer techniques.
5. Communicate with patients and their families/caregivers regarding the need and uses of various
assessment techniques.

SYLLABUS

S. TOPIC Didactic Practical / Total

NO hours Laboratory hours
Skill hours
SECTION-I INTERNATIONAL
1 CLASSIFICATION OF FUNCTION, DISABILITY 05 05
& HEALTH (ICF)
SECTION-II MUSCULOSKELETAL
2 EVALUATION & MANIPULATIVE SKILLS 10 22 32

Assessment of Musculoskeletal System:

a) Soft tissue flexibility
b) Joint mobility
c) Muscle strength & Endurance
d) Trick movements
e) Sensations
f) Limb length

181
g) Abnormal posture
h) Gait deviations due to musculoskeletal
dysfunction

Assessment of Joints with special tests: (Including all relevant

tests)
Cervical Spine: Foraminal compression, Distraction, Shoulder
depression, vertebral artery, Dizziness tests.
Shoulder: Yergason‘s, Speed’s, Drop-Arm, Supraspinatus,
Impingement, Anterior & Posterior Apprehension, Allen, Adson.
Elbow: Cozen‘s, Miller‘s, Tinel‘s sign
Forearm, Wrist &Hand: Phalen‘ s,
Bunnel-Littler, Froment‘s sign
Lumbar Spine: Schober‘s, SLR, Prone Knee Bending, Slump
Sacro Iliac joint: Faber- Patrick‘s,
Gaenslen, Gillet, March
Hip: Nelaton‘s line, Bryant’s triangle, homas, Ober‘s, Tripod sign,
Trendlenburg sign.
Knee: Tests for collateral & cruciate ligaments (valgus, varus,
Lachman, Sag, Drawer‟ s, McMurray‟ s, Fluctuation, Patellar tap, Q-
angle, Clarke )
Ankle & Foot: Anterior Drawer, Talar Tilt, Homan‟ s & Moses (for
D.V.T.)

Response of soft tissues to trauma :

1. Trigger points
2. Spasm
3. Ligament Sprains
4. Muscle Strains

Basics in Manual Therapy and Applications with

Clinical Reasoning:

Assessment of Articular and extra-articular soft tissue status

Contractile tissues
Non contractile tissues
Examination of joint integrity
Accessory movement
End feel

Examination of musculoskeletal Dysfunction :

Subjective examination
Objective examination
Special tests
Functional Diagnosis using ICF

Assessment of Pain:
a) Types of pain: Somatic, Somatic referred,
Neurogenic, Visceral
b) Subjective Assessment:
Location, duration, progression,
distribution, quality, diurnal variations,
modifying factors.
Severity, nature of pain, tissue irritability
c) Objective Measurement & Documentation
182
 Visual Analogue Scale (V.A.S).
Numerical Rating Scale(N.R.S.)
McGill‘s modified questionnaire
(including Body charts)

Basic principles, indications, contradindications

of mobilization skills for joints and Soft tissues:
a) Maitland
b) Mulligan
c) Kaltenborn
d) Mckenzie
e) Cyriax
f) Myofascial Release Technique
g) Muscle Energy Technique

SECTION –III CARDIO VASCULAR

3 RESPIRATORY EVALUATION & RELATED 07 22 29
SKILLS
Assessment of Cardio Vascular & Pulmonary
System:
a) Vital parameters
b) Chest expansion
c) Symmetry of chest movement
d) Breath Holding Test
e) Breath Sounds
f) Rate of Perceived Exertion (R.P.E.)
g) Energy Systems & Exercise Physiology
Physiological response to immobility and
Activity Aerobic & Anaerobic metabolisms
Evaluation of Functional Capacity using sub
maximal tests (Exercise Tolerance – Six
Minutes Walk test) Theoretical bases of different protocols for
maximal exercise testing (e.g.: Bruce
Protocol, Modified Bruce Protocol, Balke )
h) Interpretation of reports – A.B.G., P.F.T.,
P.E.F.R., E.C.G.- (Normal & Variations due to Ischemia &
Infarction), X-ray Chest, Biochemical Reports
i) Ankle Brachial Index
j) Tests for Peripheral Arterial & Venous
circulation.
Examination of Cardiovascular Respiratory
Dysfunction
Subjective examination
Objective examination
Special tests: Exercise Tolerance Testing – 6
Minutes Walk Test, Breath Holding Test, P.E.F.R
Functional Diagnosis using I.C.F.
Assessment of Fitness & Health
a) Screening for risk factors
b) Body composition-B.M.I., use of skin fold
calipers, Girth measurement
c) Physical fitness: Flexibility, Strength,
Endurance, Agility
d) Physical Activity Readiness Questionnaire

183
 e) Screening for health and fitness in
childhood, adulthood and geriatric group
f) Quality of life
g) Principles & components of exercise
prescription for healthy

SECTION – IV NEUROTHERAPEUTIC
4 EVALUATION & ELECTRO DIAGNOSIS 10 22 32

General principles of Human development &

maturation
1. Aspects
a) Physical
b) motor
c) Sensory
d) Cognitive & Perceptive
e) Emotional
f) Social
2. Factors influencing human development &
growth
a) Biological
b) Environmental inherited
3. Principles of maturation in general & anatomical
directional pattern –
a) Cephelo – caudal
b) Proximo – distal
c) Centero – lateral
d) Mass to specific pattern
e) Gross to fine motor development
f) Reflex maturation tests
4. Development in specific fields – Oromotor
development, sensory development, neurodevelopment of hand
function

Basics in Neuro Therapeutics Skills & Applications with Clinical

reasoning. Principles, Technique & Indications for Application of
Bobath
Neuro Developmental Technique
Rood‟ s Technique
P.N.F.
Brunnstrom,
Techniques of Motor Relearning Program (M.R.P.)

Higher functions
Cranial nerves
Sensations , sensory organization & body
image
Joint mobility
Tone
Reflexes-Superficial & Deep
Voluntary control
Muscle Strength
Co-ordination

184
Balance
Endurance
Trick movements
Limb Length
Posture deviations
Gait deviations due to neurological dysfunction
Functional Diagnosis using I.C.F.
Interpretation of Electro diagnostic findings, routine Biochemical
investigations

Electro diagnosis
Physiology of resting membrane potential, action potential,
Propagation of Action Potential
Physiology of muscle contraction
Motor unit & Recruitment pattern of motor unit
– Size principle
Therapeutic current –as a tool for electro diagnosis.
Electrophysiology of muscle & nerve
Faradic Galvanic Test, Strength Duration Curve-tests should be
carried out on relevant patients
Test for Sensory & Pain Threshold/ Pain Tolerance – technique only
Electro-Myography .
a) Definition
Instrumentation – Basic components like C.R.O., Filter, Amplifier &
Preamplifier an Types of Electrodes
b) Normal & Abnormal E.M.G. pattern
at rest
on minimal contraction
on maximal contraction
c) Nerve Conduction Studies
Principles & Technique
F wave
H reflex
SCALES: Berg Balance, Modified Ashworth,
F.I.M., Barthel Index, G.C.S., D.G.I., M.M.S.,
S.T.R.E.A.M. & A.S.I.A.
TOTAL 32 64 96

185
DOCUMENTATION

A Documentation & Interpretation of following investigations:

1. Electro diagnosis : 2 each
S.D.C.
Faradic Galvanic Test
2. E.M.G. & N.C. Studies
3. Cardio Vascular & Pulmonary: (1 each) – A.B.G., P.F.T., E.C.G., X-ray
Chest,Exercise Tolerance Test.
4. Neurological Scales (1 each )– Modified Ashworth, Berg‟ s Balance, D.G.I.,
Glasgow
5. Coma, Barthel Index, F.I.M.
B Case presentation with Functional diagnosis :
Total 12 cases
Three cases each in
Musculoskeletal
Neurological
Cardiovascular & Respiratory (Including General Medical & Surgical
Cases) General & Community Health (Including Fitness & Health,
Women & Child Health, Occupation Health)

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Orthopaedic Physical Examination –Magee

2. Clinical Electro Therapy – Nelson – Currier --- Appleton & Lange publication
3. Clinical Electromyography – Mishra
4. Therapeutic Exercises - Colby & Kisner
5. Physical Rehabilitation, Assessment and treatment - Susan B O‟ s Sullivan
6. Neurological Examination - John Patten
7. Maitland's book on Manual therapy,
8. Mobilisation of Extremities – Kaltenborn
9. Clinical Electromyography – Kimura
10. Orthopaedic Physical therapy – Donnatelli
11. NAGS, SNAGS and MWMS - Brian Mulligan
12. Exercise & Heart – Wenger
13. Facilitation techniques based on NDT principles - Lois Bly Allison Whiteside
14. Exercise Physiology – William D Mc‟ Ardle
15. Movement therapy in Hemiplegia – Brunnstrom
16. Cash textbook of Physiotherapy in neurological conditions - Patricia Downie
17. Physical Dysfunction - Trombly Scoot
18. Infant Motor Development- Jan Piek
19. Neurology & Neurosurgery Illustrated (3rd edition)-Bone & Callander
20. Neuro-developmental Therapy –Janett Howle

186
 SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the
syllabus
Essay 30
Q1-Essay-15 Marks
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

PRACTICALS /VIVA VOCE- 80 Marks Maximum Marks

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: (20marks) for both theory and practical separately. Internal assessment given
for Theory and Practical follows as per University pattern

187
 BIOENGINEERING IN PHYSIOTHERAPY
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -802)

Didactic hours = 64 HRS

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
The course is designed to give knowledge & application of biomechanical principles related to
Orthotics & Prosthetics. Students will also learn the principles of the prescription & the checkout
procedures of aids & appliances as per the physical dysfunction of the person. They will learn to fabricate
simple splints.

S. TOPIC Didactic Practical / Total

NO hours Laboratory hours
Skill hours

1 UNIT I & II 37 37
2 UNIT III 27 27
TOTAL 64 64

OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course, the candidate shall
Cognitive:
1. Acquire knowledge about biomechanical principles of application of variety of aids & appliances used
for ambulation, protection & prevention.
2. Acquire in brief knowledge about various material used for splints/ Orthoses & prostheses and their
selection criteria
Psychomotor:
Acquire the skill of fabrication of simple splints made out of Low cost material

Affective:
1. After the end of training, the student should be able to:
2. Correlate the condition of the patient and suggest the appropriate orthosis/prosthesis. Check the
orthosis/prosthesis.
3. Assess the functioning of the orthosis/prosthesis.

188
 SYLLABUS

S. NO TOPIC Didactic Practical / Total

hours Laboratory hours
Skill hours

1 UNIT I & II 37 37
Introduction to bioengineering
Classification of Aids & appliances (Splints/ Orthoses for spine,
upper & lower limb; Prostheses for Lower
limbs & Upper limbs)
2 UNIT III 27 27
Biomechanical principles in designing of appliances &
assessment; Procedures for static & dynamic alignment of the
Orthoses & Prostheses:
a. Introduction to Orthotics, Solid Ankle foot
Orthoses (AFO)
b. Articulated AFO, Various Shoe modifications
c. Knee Ankle Foot Orthoses (KAFO)
d. Knee Orthoses (KO)
e. Hip Knee Ankle Foot Orthoses (HKAFO), Hip Orthoses (HO)
f. Fracture Bracing and Flexible Lumbo-sacral Orthoses
(LSO) and Thoraco-Lumbo-sacral Orthoses (TLSO)
g. Rigid TLSOs and Cervical Orthoses (CO)
h. Orthotic mgmt. of Scoliosis, Milwaukee and low profile
scoliosis orthoses, Scheuermann‟ s Kyphosis &
Osteoporosis
i. Orthoses for LBP, Introduction to Upper limb Orthotics
and Shoulder orthoses (SO)
j. Shoulder (SO),Elbow Orthoses (EO) & Wrist Hand Orthoses
(WHO)
k. Introduction to Gait in relation to the use of Orthoses /
Prostheses
l. Prosthetic management of Forefoot amputees
m. Prosthetic management of Syme‟ s and hind foot
Amputees
n. Below Knee Prosthesis & Prosthetic foot pieces
o. Alignment of Below Knee Prosthesis and gait deviations
p. Prosthetic Knees and Knee Disarticulation mgmt.
q. Above Knee Prosthesis, alignment, gait deviations
r. AK Checkouts, Prosthetic mgmt. of Hip Disarticulation,
hemipelvectomy, Bilateral amputees and Congenital cases
s. Introduction to Upper Limb Prosthetics,
Prosthetic mgmt. Of Partial Hand amputees
t. Cosmetic Prostheses for all levels of Amputations
u. Task Specific Prostheses, Prosthetic mgmt. of
v. Wrist Disarticulation, Myoelectric Below Elbow prosthesis
w. Body Powered Below Elbow Prostheses and it‟s
components
x. Harnessing in BE
y. Prosthetic mgmt. of Elbow Disarticulation and
z. Above Elbow Amputation.
3 Project
Temporary splints: To fabricate ONE splint each [to
use P.O.P, aluminum strips /sheets /wires rubber

189
 bands, Rexin, Orfit,etc] Splinting- Practical
Demonstration of the following
a) Cock up (dorsal/volar )
b) Outrigger
c) Opponence splint
d) Anterior and posterior guard splints for gait
training
e) Foot drop splint
f) Facial splint
g) Mallet Finger Splint
h) C bar for 1st web space of hand
TOTAL 64 64

RECOMMENDED REFERENCE BOOKS

Orthotics in Functional Rehabilitation of Lower limb- Deborah A. Nawoczenski, Marcia E. Epler
Orthotics –clinical Practice and Rehabilitation Technology- Published by-Churchill Livingstone Atlas of
Orthotics- Biomechanical principles and application (American Academy of Orthopedic
Surgeons)- The C. V. Mosby Company

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT :( 20 Marks) Internal assessment as per University pattern

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the 80
syllabus
Essay 30
Q1-Essay-15 Marks
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions10x2=20 20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

190
 Clinical Reasoning And Evidence Base Physiotherapy
(SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT -803)
DIDACTIC HOUR : 48 HOURS

Course Description :

In this subject, the student will learn about the concept of evidence based physiotherapy,
various steps involved in it, critically appraising the research articles and its practical applications in the
management of individual patient care.

OUTLINE OF THE COURSE:

Sr. Title of the unit Minimum

number
No. of hours

1. INTRODUCTION 05

2. STEPS IN THE PRACTICE OF EBP 05

3. LEVELS OF EVIDENCE AND ITS SIGNIFICANCE 05

4. SOURCES OF EVIDENCE 05

5. CRITICAL APPRAISAL OF EVIDENCE 10

6. APPLICATION OF EVIDENCE INTO PRACTICE

10
7. BARRIERS AND LIMITATIONS OF EBP 08

DETAILED SYLLABUS:

1 INTRODUCTION
Evidence based physiotherapy- Definition
History of evidence based healthcare in general and
physiotherapy in particular.
Need for evidence based physiotherapy

2 STEPS IN THE PRACTICE OF EBP

Sackett‘s steps of evidence based practice

3 LEVELS OF EVIDENCE AND ITS SIGNIFICANCE

Systematic reviews and Meta-analysis
Randomized Controlled trials
Clinical practice guidelines
Cohort studies and cross sectional studies
Case reports and case series
Expert opinion

191
 4 SOURCES OF EVIDENCE
Pubmed , CINAHL, PEDro, Google Scholar, OVID,
APTA‘s Hooked on Evidence
5 CRITICAL APPRAISAL OF EVIDENCE
Process of critical appraisal
Critical appraisal of evidence about the effects of
intervention (treatment)
Critical appraisal of evidence about diagnostics tests
Critical appraisal of evidence about prognosis
Critical appraisal of clinical practice guidelines
6 APPLICATION OF EVIDENCE INTO PRACTICE
Practical application of evidence about the effects of
intervention (treatment) in actual
patient scenario with clinical case examples.
Practical application of evidence about the diagnostic
test for an individual patient, in
actual patient scenario with clinical case examples.
Practical application of evidence about the prognosis
for an individual patient, in actual
patient scenario with clinical case examples.
Practical application of clinical practice guideline for an
individual patient, in actual
patient scenario with clinical case examples.
7 BARRIERS AND LIMITATIONS OF EBP
TOTAL 48 48

RECOMMENDED STUDY MATERIAL:

a. Practical Evidence-Based Physiotherapy by Rob Herbert, Gro Jamtvedt, Judy Mead, Kare Birger Hagen.
b. Evidence-Based Medicine: How to Practice and Teach EBM (Book with CD-ROM) by David L. Sackett ,
Sharon E. Straus, W. Scott Richardson , William Rosenberg , R. Brian Haynes.

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT :( 20 Marks) Internal assessment as per University pattern
THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the 80
syllabus
Essay 30
Q1-Essay-15 Marks
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions

Answer all the questions10x2=20 20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80
192
 NON EXAMINATION COURSE
PROFESSIONALISM AND VALUES

COURSE CODE : SBVPT-806

DIDACTIC HOURS = 32 HOURS

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
The module on professionalism will deliver the concept of what it means to be a professional and
how physiotherapy profession is different from a usual vocation. It also explains how relevant is
professionalism in terms of healthcare system and how it affects the overall patient environment

SL TOPIC DIDACTI TOTAL

NO: C HOUR HOUR
1 UNIT - 1 12 12
Professional values- Integrity, Objectivity, Professional competence and
due care, Confidentiality. Core values- Accountability, Altruism,
Compassion/ caring, excellence, integrity, professional duties, social
responsibility. Personal values- ethical or moral values

Attitude and behavior- professional behavior, treating people equally

Code of conduct , professional accountability and responsibility,

misconduct

Differences between professions and importance of team efforts

Cultural issues in the healthcare environment Entry level health care
practitioner, direct access,
autonomy in profession, practitioner of practice and
evidence based practice.
2 UNIT - 2 - The five roles of the Physiotherapist - 20 20
The five roles of the Physiotherapist -

1. The Physiotherapist as Patient/Client manager a.

Evaluation and diagnosis
Diagnosis as clinical decision making
Prognosis
Discharge planning and discontinuance of care
Discontinuance of care

Outcomes
Clinical decision making Referral relationships Interpersonal relationships
Ethical and legal issues Informed consent Managed care and fidelity.

2. The Physiotherapist as Consultant a.Physiotherapy consultation

b. Building a consulting business

a. The consulting process

b. The skills of a good consultant
c. Trust in the consultant/client relationship
d. Ethical and legal issues in consultation

193
 e. Components of a consulting agreement
f. The Physiotherapist as Critical Inquirer
g. History of critical inquiry
h. Evidence-based practice
i. Outcomes research
j. Whose responsibility is research?
k. Roles of the staff physiotherapist in critical inquiry f. Collaboration
in clinical research
l. Ethical and legal issues in critical inquiry

The Physiotherapist as Administrator

History of physiotherapy administration

Contemporary physiotherapy administration
Patient/client management
First-line management
Midlevel managers and chief executive officers Leadership
Ethical and legal issues.

The Physiotherapist as Educator

History of physiotherapy education

Contemporary educational roles of the physiotherapist
Teaching opportunities in continuing education
Academic teaching opportunities
Theories of teaching and learning in professional education
Ethical and legal issues in physiotherapy education.

Total 32 32

Recommended Books:

Professionalism in Physical Therapy: History, Practice, & Development, Lisa L. Dutton, PT, PhD
APTA. Guide to Physical Therapy Practice: Revised second edition. Alexandria, VA: American Physical
Therapy Association; 2003. ISBN: 978-1-887759-85-

194
 CLINICAL EDUCATION - V
COURSE CODE COURSE TOTAL HOUR CREDIT

SBVPT - 806 CLINICAL EDUCATION - V 192 6

LEARNING OBJECTIVE:

a. At the end of clinical postings the student should be able to Demonstrate ability to rationalize goals
set and therapy planned.
b. Demonstrate ability to modify the assessment/treatment based on clinical situation.

c. Demonstrate skill in recording the findings and treatments in a precise manner based on principles of
clinical decision making. Physical diagnosis.

STUDENTS’S ACTIVITY:

Student will be posted in outpatient physiotherapy department and inpatient areas. He/ she will be
supervised and trained to collect subjective and objective data during their postings. They will be given
opportunity to handle patients to position, to provide simple exercises, helping during mobilization. The
student should improve their skill in documentation and handling during this posting.

Evaluation:

Student is expected to write minimum three patients per posting. The cases will be presented and
discussed by the faculty. The presentation and evaluation skill along with documentation ability will be
evaluated

195
GENERIC ELECTIVE COURSES

196
 GENERIC ELECTIVE- I
BASIC SCIENCE SUBJECT CODE : GE-1
Didactic Hours = 48

Course Objectives:
To understand the concept of application and the principles of basic physics applied in
electrotherapeutic equipments.This also enables the student to understand the components involved in the
functioning of these equipments and indentify the components.

SL:NO TOPICS DIDACTIC PRACTICAL TOTAL

HOUR HOUR HOUR
1 PHYSICS 33 33
Electromagnetic waves
Electromagnetic spectrum
Light
a. Theories of the nature of light
b. Laws of Reflection of inverse square law
c. Laws of refraction‗
d. Interference of light – principle & condition of super
position of waves Interference
e. Emission and absorption spectrum Principle of Laws
f. Characteristics of laws Laser action
g. Optical pumping
h. Conditions to achieve Laser action Ruby Laser
i. Application of Laser
j. Magnetic dipoles
k. Attraction & repulsion between magnetic poles
l. Magnetic field – magnetic Inductive /fluse density
m. Properties of magnet
n. Coulomb‗s inverse square law
o. Lines of force
p. Electric potential – volt
q. Electr4ostatic induction
r. Electrophorus
s. Distribution of change on a conductor
t. Capacitance of conductor
u. Principle of capacitor
v. Principle of capacitor
w. Effect of dielectric
Current electricity
a. Electric current
b. Flow of current in metal
c. Ohm‗s law
d. Resistivity Conductivity Potentiometer
e. Thermal effect of current
f. Heat produced in a conductor due to flow of
current
g. Joule‗s law of heating

197
 Magnetic effect of current
a. Magnetic field around current carrying conductor
Magnetic field due to circular loop
b. Magnetic field due to solenoid Direction of magnetic
field & current
c. Ampere‗s swimming rule
d. Wax well‗s right hand cork screw rule
e. Magnitude of force
f. Direction of force – Fleming‗s left hand rule
Definition of Ampere
g. Electromagnetic Induction & alternating current
Magnetic flux
h. Electromagnetic induction
i. Faraday‗s law
j. Fleming‗s Right hand rule
k. Self-induction Mutual Inductance
l. AC and DC generators Eddy current Transformer
m. Power losses Alternating current
Atomic physics
a. Production of Cathode rays
b. X ray spectra
c. X ray diffraction
d. Bragg‗s law
Particle nature of energy
a. Photo electric effect
b. Laws of photo electric effect
c. Bohr‗s atom model
Microwave
a. Magnetron oscillator
b. Properties of microwaves
2 CHEMISTRY 15 15
a. Medical chemistry Anesthetics Analgesics
Antipyretic Antimicrobial, Sulfa drugs Antibiotics
Antiseptic Tranquilizers
b. Drug abuse & health hazards. Drug addiction
c. Types of salts
d. Dilute solutions
e. Osmotic pressure, laws
f. Beckman thermometer
g. Brownian movement
h. Electrophoresis
i. Electro osmosis
j. Exothermic & endothermic reactions Reversible &
irreversible reactions Homogenous & nitrogenous
reactions Catalysis – Types characteristics
Electrochemistry – conductors & insulators
Electrolysis
k. PH & POH
l. Acid & bases
m. Lactic acid
n. Salicylic acid synthesis basis
o. Biomolecules
a. Saponification of acts& facts
Total 48 48

198
Reference books: (physics)
1. Concepts of Physics by H. C. Verma
2. NCERT- Physics Part 1 and Part 2
3. D C Pandey Objective Physics
4. Fundamentals of Physics by Halliday, Resnick and Walker
5. Problems in General Physics by I. E. Irodov

Reference books: (chemistry)

1. Physical Chemistry by O.P. Tandon
2. Organic Chemistry by Morrison and Boyd for Organic Chemistry
3. Modern‘s ABC of Chemistry for class 11th and 12th
4. Concise Inorganic Chemistry by J. D. Lee for Inorganic Chemistry
5. Dinesh Chemistry

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks

Internal assessment as per University pattern

199
 GENERIC ELECTIVE –II (HOSPITAL LAWS)
SUBJECT CODE : GE-2
DIDACTIC HOURS = 48
COURSE DESCRIPTION:

This course helps the student to understand the functioning territories of health care system
in India and the laws which are regulating the hospital its health care services, the health care professionals
and the rights of the patients.

LEARNING OBJECTIVE:

The objective of this course is that 45 hrs of lectures to understand the rights of the patient,
regulation of the hospital and the health care system in India under its judicial system.

COURSE OUTLINE:

Medical Laws in India

1 Emergency health care and laws. 12
2 Criminal Liability in medical profession 12
Laws governing the qualification practice and conduct of the 12
3 Law
governing the Professionals.

4 Laws governing 12
SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the
syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks

Internal assessment as per University pattern

200
 GENERIC ELECTIVE - III
HOSPITAL SAFETY AND MANAGEMENT
SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT - GE-3
Didactic hour : 48 hour

Didactic Total hour

Sl no Topics hour
1. INTRODUCTION AND GUIDE LINES
Vision, Objectives, Scope 02 02
How does a safety and health management system work?
An overview
What are the core elements of a safety and health
management system?
Safety and health management systems in hospitals: best
practices and examples
The Core Elements
2. Management leadership
04 04
What management leadership means Why management
leadership is important What management leadership
involves How managers demonstrate leadership
Special considerations for worksites with multiple
employers Management leadership: best practices and
examples
3. Employee participation
What employee participation means Why employee 02 02
participation is important What employee participation
involves
Employee participation: best practices and examples
4. Hazard identification and assessment
What hazard identification and assessment means Why 03 03
hazard identification and assessment is important What
hazard identification and assessment involves
Hazard identification and assessment: best practices and
examples
5. Hazard prevention and Control
What hazard prevention and control means Why hazard 03 03
prevention and control is important What hazard
prevention and control involves
Hazard prevention and control: best practices and
examples
6. Education and training
What safety and health management system 05 05
education and training means
Why safety and health management system education
and training is important
What safety and health management system
education and training involves
Education and training: best practices and examples
7. System evaluation and improvement
What system evaluation and improvement means 03 03
Why system evaluation and improvement is important
What system evaluation and improvement involves
System evaluation and improvement: best practices
and examples
8. Hospital & Disaster, 04 04
Expected Disaster Scenarios for Hospitals Safe
Hospitals
201
 9. Awareness Generation Scope Communication Goals
Stakeholders/Target Group 03 03

Key Elements of Awareness Generation for Hospital

Safety Awareness Generation Exercises

10. Hospital Disaster Preparedness and Response

Coordination & Management 06 06
Planning, Training and Drills Safety and Security
Continuity of Essential Support Services Triage
Post-Disaster Recovery Patient Handling
Volunteer Involvement and Management Area Level
Networking of Hospitals
11. Fire Safety in Hospitals Scope
Expected Levels of Fire Safety in Hospitals Structural 04 04
Elements of Fire Safety
Non-Structural Elements of Fire Safety
12. Maintenance and Inspection for Safe Hospitals
Maintenance and Inspection 04 04
Maintenance of Occupational and Functional
Components Maintenance of Structural Systems
Inspection of Structural Components
Inspection of Occupational and Functional
Components
13. Licensing and Accreditation Scope
Important Definitions Licensing Requirements 04 04
Accreditation Requirements

14. National Action Framework for Hospital Safety Scope

Priority Areas and Outcomes 02 02
Total 48 48

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks

Internal assessment as per University pattern
202
 GENERIC ELECTIVE – IV BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE
SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT - GE-4

Didactic Hour = 48
Course Description:

This course introduces student‘s behavior based knowledge and principles in studying the behavior of
Individuals, groups and Societies. This course surveys knowledge stemming from disciplines of Psychology,
Social Psychology, Health Psychology and Medical Psychology.

S. NO TOPIC Didactic Clinical hours Total

hours hours
1 UNIT I 22 22
2 UNIT II 26 26
TOTAL 48 48

OBJECTIVE

Cognitive
1. Enumerate various Psychiatry disorders with special emphasis to movement / pain & ADL
– describe the various causative factors & method of assessment & management. Acquire the
knowledge in brief, about the pathological &etiological factors, signs/symptoms &
management of various Psychiatric conditions.

Psychomotor
2. Integrate briefly the various treatment modalities commonly used in improving quality of life of
patients with mental illness.

Affective
3. At the end of training the student should be able to -
4. The student should be able to show readiness to understand and educate the people with behavioral
problem using counseling and various behavioral modification tools.

SYLLABUS
S. TOPIC Didactic Clinical Total
NO hours hours hours

1 UNIT I & II
a. Psychiatric History & examination of mental
status.
b. Classification of mental illness.
c. Schizophrenia and its types – Brief Psychotic
disorder, delusional disorder , schizoaffective
disorders , post – partum psychosis, mood
disorders, organic mental disorders, Anxiety
disorders, phobia, obsessive compulsive
dissociative conversion disorder, hypochondriasis,
post – traumatic disorder, psycho somatic disorder,
personality disorder, substance related disorder,
adjustment and impulse control disorder, psycho –

203
 sexual disorders, psychiatric emergencies, suicide,
stress management , disorder of infancy –
childhood & adolescence disruptive behavior ,
conduct disorder, attention deficit and hyper –
reactivity – eating disorder, tic disorder, elimination
disorder – child abuse, enuresis
a. Management–ECT, chemotherapy, group therapy,
Psychotherapy, cognitive behavioral therapy.
b. Management of chronic patients with mental
illness.
TOTAL 48 48

Textbook
1.A short book of psychiatry – 3rd edition by Ahuja Jaypee brothers – medical publishers
2.Shah L.P Handbook of psychiatry.

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks

1. Internal assessment as per University pattern

204
 GENERIC ELECTIVE – V
DIET AND NUTRITION
SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT - GE-5
Didactic Hours- 48 Hrs

Course Description: The course ―Fundamentals of Food and Nutrition‖ aims at developing basic
understanding about nutrition, its effect on human health and newer advances in food technology. This course
encompasses physiological, biochemical and social aspects of food and discusses relationship between
metabolites and human health. Moreover, the course is focused on the advances in the most emerging area of
applied science of Nutraceuticals (where food is the medicine). The knowledge of nutrition under extreme
climate conditions, space nutrition, and sports nutrition empowers students' knowledge and skills to utilize
food as a powerful tool for physical, mental, and social wellbeing

SL NO TOPIC DIDACTIC TOTAL

HOUR HOUR
1 Unit 1: 18 18
Introduction to Nutrition: Concepts & various aspects, Role of
nutrition in healthy body Food: Role in nutrition & medicinal
values, Elements of nutrition : Macro & micro nutrients,
Calorie &Basal Metabolic Rate, Food groups

Carbohydrates, Proteins, Fats :-Classification & caloric value

,Recommended daily allowance ,Dietary sources Functions
,Digestion, Absorption & Storage Malnutrition : Deficiencies &
Over consumption

Water & Electrolytes :- Water : Daily requirement, sources,

regulation of water metabolism Electrolytes: Types, sources
,composition of body fluids,

Vitamins & minerals:-classification, recommended daily

allowance, dietary sources, functions, absorption and storage,
deficiencies & hyper vitaminosis

Energy: - Requirement of different categories of people

Measurement of energy, Body Mass Index and basic
metabolism, Basal Metabolic Rate determination and
factors affecting it, Nutrition during childhood, adulthood and
special conditions

2. Unit 2 : 10 10
Medical Nutrition Therapy/Clinical
Nutrition/Dietetics/Nutrition in Health and Disease:
Principles of diet therapy, Modifications of diets in febrile
conditions, Oral and dental conditions, Gastrointestinal and
hepato-biliary disorders, Disorders of energy metabolism-
obesity, underweight, Non-communicable diseases such as
cardiovascular disorders, diabetes mellitus, hypertension and
renal diseases, pulmonary disorders, Nutrition in critical care,
cancer and allergies
and food intolerances.
3. Unit 3 : 10 10
205
 Food Science and Food Microbiology Food groups,
Food preparation methods, Food preservation techniques,
Food analysis – proximate composition, Sensory analysis
and Food processing techniques, Food safety, Food security,
and Food hygiene. Food borne illnesses, hazard analysis and
critical control points and good manufacturing practices, Role
of microorganisms in food processing, Food additives, Food
fortification and Food
packaging.
4. Unit 4 : 10 10
Nutrition through Lifecycle Balanced diet, Meal planning,
Nutrition during pregnancy, lactation, infancy, toddlerhood,
preschool stage, school going children, and adolescence.
Growth and development during different stages of lifecycle,
nutrition for adults, older adults and
old populations.
TOTAL 48 48

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the
syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks

Internal assessment as per University pattern

206
 GENERIC ELECTIVE – VI PHYSIOTHERAPY IN HEALTH AND WELLNESS
SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT - GE- 6

Didactic Hours = 48

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course enriches the student with knowledge on normal health and the implication of physical
activity on developing and maintaining good health and the various systems of the human body. It also gives
emphasis on the role of fitness in various realms of life, namely, the normal human being, the athlete, the
industrial worker, the adolescent and the elderly.
S. TOPIC Didactic Practical Total
NO hours hours hours
1 UNIT I & II 20 20
2 UNIT III & IV 28 28
TOTAL 48 48

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is that after 60 hours of lectures, demonstrations and practical. The
student will be able to assess the health status of an individual and the response of the various systems of
the human body to a given task. The student will be able to identity and prescribe the required levels of
Physical activity and training to maintain a good health and fitness level and prevent injuries.

SYLLABUS

1 UNIT I 10 10
Bio energetics of exercise and training:
Biological energy systems. Substrate depletion and repletion. Bioenergetic
limiting factors in exercise performance. Oxygen uptake and the aerobic and
anaerobic contributors to exercise.
Metabolic specificity of training
Performance enhancing substances and methods:
Types of performance enhancing substances. Hormones.
Dietary supplements
2 UNIT II 10 10
Health appraisal and fitness testing:
Pre test considerations: Health appraisal. Contra indications and risk
stratification. Informed consent.

Fitness testing: General considerations Clinical exercise testing

Behavior Change
Theories of Behavior Change. Facilitating Health Behavior Change.
Healthy stress
management
Warm-up and flexibility training:
Warm-up, Flexibility, Types of stretching.
3 UNIT III 10 10
Aerobic program design:
Neural adaptations. Muscular adaptations.
Connective tissue adaptations.
Endocrine responses and adaptations to anaerobic training. Cardiovascular
and respiratory adaptations to anaerobic training. Over training. Detraining.
Principles of
cardio respiratory endurance programming. Weight management.
207
 Anaerobic program design:
Acute responses to aerobic exercise. Chronic adaptations to aerobic
exercise. Adaptations to aerobic endurance training.
External and individual factorsinfluencing Adaptations to
aerobic endurance training.
Overtraining: definition, prevalence, diagnosis and potential markers.
Principles of anaerobic training.
Program design and technique for plyometric training: Plyometric
mechanics and physiology. Program design. Age considerations. Plyometrics
and other forms of exercise.
Safety considerations
4 UNIT IV 18 18
Exercise Programming for Special Populations
Exercise for Individuals With Controlled Cardiovascular, Pulmonary, and
Metabolic Diseases. Exercise Programming for Individuals with Musculoskeletal
Limitations. Exercise Programming Across the Lifespan:
Children and Adolescents, Pregnant Women, and Older Adults
Safety, injury prevention and emergency care: General considerations.
Risk of participation in exercise. Safety in the facility
Weight room safety. Testing and evaluation area.
Safety during exercise testing and training. Emergency management.
Injury prevention.
Contraindications to exercise testing. Musculoskeletal injuries.
Medical emergencies and associated treatment
Metabolic calculations: Expressions of energy. ACSM metabolic formula.
Solving the ACSM metabolic formula.
TOTAL 48 48

References:
1. Essentials of strength training and conditioning. 4th edition. G.gregory Haff & N. Travis Triplett.
2. ACSM's Guidelines for Exercise Testing and Prescription 5th edition
3. ACSM's Resources for The Exercise Physiologist 3rdEdition
4. ACSM‗s certification Review 2nd Edition

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus 80
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks
Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each
Short Answer questions
Answer all the questions10x2=20 20
10 questions- 2 marks each
Total 80
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT :( 20 Marks)
1. Internal assessment follows as per University pattern

208
 GENERIC ELECTIVE – VII
ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN PHYSIOTHERAPY
SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT - GE-7
DIDACTIC HOURS = 48
Sl:no Topics Didactic Practical Total
hour hour hour
1 Concept of entrepreneurship 13 13
Define entrepreneuruship Who is entre preneur What
is entre preneur What is entrepreneurship Example of
Entrepreneur Functions of Entrepreneur Qualities of
entrepreneur
Characterstic of Entrepreneur

2 Types of Entrepreneurship 10 10
Small business entrepreneurship Scalable start up
entrepreneurship Large company entrepreneurship
Social Entrepreneurship

3 Characteristics of Entrepreneurship 10 10
Economic and dynamic activity Related to innovation
Profit potential Risk bearing
Entrepreneurial process
4 Entrepreneurial wheel 10 10
Leadership Culture Marketing Finance
Product & Service Administration Human Resource
Tips for opening business

5 Importance of Entrepreneurship
Factor affecting entrepreneurship 05 05
Total 48 48

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION:

THEORY Marks

*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks
Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each
Short Answer questions 20
Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each
Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks as per University pattern

209
 GENERIC ELECTIVE – VIII
LEADERSHIP IN PHYSIOTHERAPY
SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT - GE-8
DIDACTIC HOURS = 48

Sl:no Topic Didactic Practical Total

hour hour hour
1 Demonstrating Personal Qualities 12 12
Developing Self Awareness
Managing Yourself
Continuing Personal Development
Acting with Integrity
2 Working with Others 11 11
Developing Networks
Building and Maintaining Relationships
Encouraging Contribution
Working within Teams
3 Managing Services 08 08
Planning
Managing Resources
Managing People
Managing Performance
4 Improving Services 05 05
Ensuring Patient Safety
Critically Evaluating
Encouraging Improvement and Innovation
Facilitating Transformation
5 Setting Direction 05 05
Identifying the Contexts for Change
Applying Knowledge and Evidence
Making Decisions
Evaluating Impact
6 promote innovation in health care 03 03
7 Contribute to leadership in profession 03 03
Total 48 48

Reference Book:
APTA. Guide to Physical Therapy Practice: Revised second edition. Alexandria, VA: American Physical
Therapy Association; 2003. ISBN: 978-1-887759-85-
SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION
THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks
Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each
Short Answer questions 20
Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each
Total 80
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks
Internal assessment as per University pattern.

210
 ACUPUNCTURE SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT - GE-9
DIDACTIC HOURS = 48
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Acupuncture is a form of alternative medicine in which thin needless are inserted into the body. It is a key
component of traditional Chinese medicine.

Contents:
UNIT. Topics Hours

1. Introduction to acupuncture 1

2. Basic medical sciences 2

3. Theories of acupuncture 3

4. Meridians in acupuncture 15

5. Techniques in acupuncture 15

6. Applied acupuncture 5

Ancillary therapies related

7. to acupuncture 4

TOTAL 45
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Acupunctur the Classic Hr. E.Ganesan
2. Clinical Acupuncture – Dr. Anton Jayasuriya Huang Di- nej jing – Su wen
3. Nature, Knowledge, Imagery in an Ancient Chinese Medical Text Paul U. Unschuld
4. Essentials of Chinese Acupuncture / Foreign Languages Press - Beijing
5. Atlas for Standard Location of Acupuncture Meridian Points By Zhao Xin
6. Principles and Practice Contemporary Acupuncture/ Sung Liao, Mathew H.M.Lee, LorenzK.

SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks
Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each
Short Answer questions 20
Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each
Total 80
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks 1. Internal assessment as per University pattern

211
 SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT - GE-10
DIDACTIC HOURS = 48
Course Description
This course enables the candidate to develop a in depth understanding of Diabetes Mellitus. This will
prepare the candidate to be capable enough to counsel a patient and educate the patient with regards to
management and identifying the complications and the care for the same.
Elective Course
DIABETIC EDUCATION

Didactic Practical
Topics Hours Hours Total
Sl:no
Hours
1. UNIT – I
Physiology, pathogenesis, Diagnosis and
classification of Diabetes Mellitus (DM).
Nutrition in DM 15 15
Secondary Diabetes and other specific types of DM
Childhood of Adolescent DM
Laboratory of analytical methods used in DM

2. UNIT – II
Exercise in DM
Oral Antidiabetic Agent 10 10
Parenteral Therapertic Agents.
Insulin therapy –Theory of practical aspects.
Self monitoring of blood glucose

3. UNIT III
Peripheral neuropathies in DM
Foot, foot care and neuro arthropathy
Nephropathy in DM 13 13
Hypertension, cardiovascular Diseaseand
Dyslipidenmia in DM
Ocular Disease, retinopathy, Infections in DM
Autonomic Neuropathy in DM
Emergencies‘ in Diabetes mellitus.
4. UNIT IV
Clinical case recording, monitoring
Counseling techniques for physiotherapies 10 10
YOGA in DM
Recent Advances in DM
TOTAL 48 48

REFERENCE:
1. Diabetes mellitus a practical guide department of endocrinology cmc vellore, 5thedition, academa
publication, Vellore
2. Clinical endocrinology of Diabetes Mellitus, volume I of II, Y. Sachdev, Jaypee publication
3. Diabetes and exercise prevention of management, A literature review, Palan Nihar, Lambert
Academic Publications
4. Management of Diabetes Mellitus, A guide to the Pattern approach, Diana W. Guthrie, 6thedition,
Springer publication
5. Nutrition Therapy for Diabetes, American Diabetes Association Guide, and Edition.

212
 SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION

THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks

Internal assessment as per University pattern

213
 GENERIC ELECTIVE – XI INTEGUMENTARY PHYSICAL THERAPY
SUBJECT CODE - SBVPT - GE-11
DIDACTIC HOURS = 48
Course Description:
This course includes a study of anatomy and physiology of the Integumentary system and pathological
changes of the system and function, including diagnostic tests and measurements.
The use of evidence-based physical therapy intervention for Integumentary conditions is
emphasized. Topics will focus on comparing contemporary and traditional interventions and theimpact of
evolving technology in this area. Topics will focus on medical terminology, clinicalexamination, evaluation,
comparing contemporary, traditional interventions and the impact ofevolving technology in this area.

DIDACTIC PRACTICAL TOTAL

SL:NO TOPICS HOUR HOUR HOUR
Medical Terminology Regarding Cardiopulmonary
1 System 23 23
Wound Care Concepts
Quality of Life and Ethical Issues Regulation and
wound Care Skin, an Essential Organ
Acute and Chronic Wound Healing Wound
assessment
Wound Bioburden Wound Debridement
Wound Treatment Options Nutrition and wound
care
Seating, Positioning and support surfaces Pain
Management and wounds
Wound Classifications and Management
2 Strategies 25 25
Pressure Ulcers Vascular Ulcers Diabetic Foot
Ulcers Sickle Cell Ulcers
Wounds in special Populations Complex wounds
Atypical Wounds
Wound Care; where we were, where we are, and
where we are going
TOTAL 48 48
RECOMMENDED TEXTBOOK:
1. Wound Care Essentials, practice principles, By Sharon Baranoski & Elizabeth A. Ayello
2. APTA. Guide to Physical Therapy Practice: Revised second edition. Alexandria, VA:
3. American Physical Therapy Association; 2003. ISBN: 978-1-887759-85-

214
 SCHEME OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION
THEORY Marks
*The question paper will give appropriate weightage to all the topics in the syllabus
Essay
Q1-Essay-15 Marks 30
Q2-Essay-15 Marks

Short Notes
Answer all the questions 6x5=30 30
6 questions- 5 marks each

Short Answer questions 20

Answer all the questions10x2=20
10 questions- 2 marks each

Total 80
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 20 marks Internal assessment as per University pattern

215
MODEL QUESTION PAPER

216
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and
Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health
Science Semester - 1 Subject: Anatomy - 1
Course Code: SBVPT- 101

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

I) Long essay (write any 2) (2X15=30)

1. Explain Anatomy of shoulder joint, muscles attached, and its functions.
2. Describe the course and relations of sciatic nerve and its distribution.
3. Write about the adductor pollicis and describe the 1st carpometacarpal joint.

II) Short essay (write any 6) (6X5=30)

4. Femoral triangle.
5. Brachial Plexus.
6. Lumbar vertebrae.
7. Broncho pulmonary segments.
8. Explain Mitosis and Meiosis.
9. Explain Axis and Movements in synovial joint.
10. Chambers of heart, valves and its functions.

III) Ultra Short answer (10X2=20)

11. Biceps (Orgin & insertion).
12. Land marks of scapula.
13. Branches of axilary artery.
14. Distinguish right and left lung.
15. Pelvic floor Muscles.
16. Types of Ossification.
17. Cubitus Varus.
18. Hamstrings.
19. Radioulnar joint.
20. Muscles of respiration.

217
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - 1
Subject: Physiology - 1
Course Code: SBVPT-102

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

Long essay (write any 2) (2X15=30)

1. Define cardiac output. Describe the factors that regulate cardiac output.
2. With a well labeled graph discuss the ionic basis of action potential.
3. Name the respiratory centers. Explain the neural regulation of respiration.

Short essay (write any 6) (6X5=30)

4. Enumerate the functions of saliva.

5. Briefly describe the regulation of GFR by the kidney.
6. Define hypoxia. Differentiate the types of hypoxia
7. Describe the features of sensory homunculus.
8. Enumerate the functions of liver.
9. Briefly outline the contraction cycle of a skeletal muscle.
10. Draw and label the normal ECG waves. Enumerate its uses.

Ultra Short answer (10X2=20)

11. Define Dyspnoea.

12. What are anti – coagulants. List any four anti – coagulants.
13. List the primary taste sensations. Locate their area on the tongue.
14. Define saltatory conduction in a nerve fibre.
15. What is apex beat? Mention its clinical significance.
16. Define a muscle tone.
17. What is referred pain? Give two examples.
18. Define shock. Name the types of shock.
19. Define physiological dead space.
20. Intra pleural pressure.

218
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - 1
Subject: Biochemistry Course
Code: SBVPT- 103

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

Long essay (write any 2) (2X15=30)

1. Explain hormonal regulation of blood glucose. Add a note on glycosuria.

2. Describe the sources, RDA, Absorption, Metablioc functions and deficiency symptoms of calcium.
3. Describe beta oxidation of palmitic acid. How many ATPs are produced by the complete
a. oxidation.

Short essay (write any 6) (6X5=30)

4. Denaturation of proteins.
5. Glycogenolysis.
6. Structure and functions of cholesterol.
7. Nitrogen balance.
8. Functions of proteins.
9. Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates.
10. Specific dynamic action.

Ultra Short answer (10X2=20)

11. Epimers.
12. Zwitter ions.
13. Essential fatty acids.
14. Isoenzymes.
15. Respiratory acidosis.
16. Role of aldosterone in electrolyte balance.
17. What are provitamins, give examples.
18. Name one reducing and one non reducing disaccharides.
19. Rotheras test.
20. Normal levels of blood urea and cholesterol

219
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - 1
Subject: General Psychology and sociology Course Code:
SBVPT- 104

Time: 3 Hrs total Marks (80)

Section –A (psychology) = 40 marks

Long essay (write any 1) (1X15=15)

1. What is learning? Explain Pavlov‘s classical conditioning.

2. What is perception? Explain various principles of perception.

Short essay (write any 3) (3X5=15)

3. Clinical psychology.
4. Development and growth of Behavior during infancy and childhood .
5. Physiological changes during Emotion.
6. Classification of personality.

Ultra Short answer (5X2=10)

7. Schools of Psychology.
8. Independent and dependent variables.
9. Thirst motive.
10. Psychological needs.
11. Feeling and Emotion.

(Section –B) (Sociology) = 40 marks

Long essay (write any 1) (1X15=15)

1. Define sociology? Describe the importance of sociology with special reference to health care professionals.
2. Explain the problems due to over population.

Short essay (write any 3) (3X5=15)

3. Modern family.
4. Technological factors of social change.
5. Advantages and disadvantages of joint family system.
6. Social survey method.

Ultra Short answer (5X2=10)

7. Urbanization.
8. Monogamy.
9. Two ill effects of alcoholism.
10. Causes of poverty.
11. Unemployment.

220
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - II
Subject: Anatomy- 2 Course
Code: SBVPT- 201

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

Long essay (write any 2) (2X15=30)

1. Explain basal ganglia.
2. Name the ganial nerves in order. Explain facial nerve in detail.
3. Describe the structure and functional anatomy of the kidney.

Short essay (write any 6) (6X5=30)

4. External carotid artery.
5. Lateral ventricle.
6. Uterus.
7. Mid brain.
8. Sebaceous glands.
9. Middle cerebral artery.
10. Parts of brain stem.

Ultra Short answer (10X2=20)

11. Paranesal air sinus and its location.
12. Styloid apparatus.
13. Parts of Pancreas.
14. 4 Muscles of tongue.
15. 4 Muscles of facial expression.
16. Enumerate sense organs.
17. Name the structures in the roof of posterior triange.
18. Draw the transverse sections of Spinal cord.
19. Name the ear ossicles.
20. Sternocleido muscle.

221
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - II
Subject: Physiology - 2 Course
Code: SBVPT- 202

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

Long essay (write any 2) (2X15=30)

1. Explain the sliding filament theory of contraction. State Starlings law of force of contraction..
2. Draw nephron and describe the structure and its function.
3. Name the ascending pathways. Trace the pathway for pain and fine touch.

Short essay (write any 6) (6X5=30)

4. Explain the Wallerian degeneration.

5. Define Anemia. Explain the clinical classification of Anemia.
6. Explain the phases of cardiac cycle taking place during ventricular systole.
7. Draw a spirogram. Define the different lung volumes and write their normal values.
8. Functions of saliva.
9. Differentiate between myelinated and non-myelinated nerve fibres.
10. Define immunity. Briefly describe the types of immunity.

Ultra Short answer (10X2=20)

11. Define chronaxie and rheobase.

12. Define Lymph. List two functions.
13. Define secondary active transport mechanism.
14. Trace the visual pathway.
15. Action of ADH.
16. Define a muscle tone.
17. Define chloride shift.
18. Structure of muscle spindle.
19. Define motor unit.
20. Source of energy for muscle contraction.

222
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Faculty of Allied
Health Science
Subject: Exercise Therapy - I
Course Code: SBVPT- 203

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

Long essay (write any 2) (2X15=30)

1. Describe various PNF techniques of facilitation for mobility..

2. Describe the technique of moblising the ankle joint.
3. Discuss the various physiological changes that occurs during aerobic exercises.

Short essay (write any 6) (6X5=30)

4. Describe how would you measure the range of movement of supination and pronation using goniometer.
5. Describe the ranges of muscle work with examples.
6. Describe the technique of petrissage.
7. Describe the various derived positions in kneeling position.
8. Discuss the various methods for improving standing balance.
9. Examples for free exercises with diagrams for spinal extensors.
10. What is yoga? Mention its basic principles.

Ultra Short answer (10X2=20)

11. Strain.
12. Name the critical elements of exercises.
13. Two limitations of joint mobilization.
14. Name the test for inco-ordination.
15. Define posture.
16. What is vertical suspension?
17. Two contra indications of inverted asanas.
18. Uses of hip hiking.
19. Two uses of assisted exercises.
20. SAID Principle.

223
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - II
Subject: Exercise physiology
Course Code: SBVPT- 204

Time: 3 Hrs Max Marks (80)

Long essays (answer any 2) 2x15=30

1. write in detail about about energy delivery system and its utilization?
2. write a note on energy transfer and energy adaptations during exercise?
3. discuss the role of energy metabolism in muscular contraction?

Short essays( answer any 6) 6x5=30

4. Describe the physiological effects during exercise training?

5. write a note on electron transport chain?
6. Discuss the Measurement of human energy expenditure?
7. write a note on control of ATP-CP systems?
8. kerbs cycle
9. electron transport chain
10. exercise prescription in high altitude

Ultra short essays 10x2=20

11. 1.Gas transport

12. 2.Control opg bioenergetics
13. 3.Resitance training
14. 4.Energy transfer
15. 5.Acid base balance
16. 6.Altitude training
17. 7.Vo2 max.
18. Ergogenic Aids
19. environmental effects on physical performance?
20. glycolysis.

224
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Faculty of Allied
Health Science
Subject: Exercise Therapy – ii
Course Code: SBVPT- 301

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

Long essay (write any 2) (2X15=30)

1. Describe various PNF techniques of facilitation for mobility..
2. Describe the technique of moblising the ankle joint.
3. Discuss the various physiological changes that occurs during aerobic exercises.

Short essay (write any 6) (6X5=30)

4. Describe how would you measure the range of movement of supination and pronation using
5. goniometer.
6. Describe the ranges of muscle work with examples.
7. Describe the technique of petrissage.
8. Describe the various derived positions in kneeling position.
9. Discuss the various methods for improving standing balance.
10. Examples for free exercises with diagrams for spinal extensors.

Ultra Short answer (10X2=20)

11. Strain.
12. Name the critical elements of exercises.
13. Two limitations of joint mobilization.
14. Name the test for inco-ordination.
15. Define posture.
16. What is vertical suspension?
17. Two contra indications of inverted asanas.
18. Uses of hip hiking.
19. Two uses of assisted exercises.
20. SAID Principle.

225
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - v
Subject: Kinesiology-1
Course Code: SBVPT- 302

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15= 30

Marks

1. Describe the structure of hip joint. Add a note on kinetics and kinematics. 2.Write in
detail of Analysis of posture.
3. Explain biomechanics of thorax and chest wall

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any SIX) 6 x 5= 30

Marks

4. Scapulo humeral rhythm 5.Locking

and unlocking mechanism 6.Explain

levers in detail.
7. Describe the types of joints.

8. Explain the parts of goniometric and its types. 9

Describe stress and strain.

10. Explain Newton law of motion.

SHORT ANSWER 10 X 2 = 20 MARKS

11. Carrying angle

12. Scoliosis
13. Concurrent force systems
14.Stair climbing
15.Patella Plica
16.Visco elasticity
17.Pes Planus and Pes Cavus
18.Pulleys
19. Open Kinematic chain
20.Palmar arches

226
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Faculty of Allied
Health Science
Subject: Electrotherapy - 1
Course Code: SBVPT- 303

Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 Marks

Draw neat-labeled diagrams wherever necessary
Long Essays (Answer any two) 2 x 15 = 30 marks
1. Classify infrared generators. Explain the production and effects of various types
2. Describe production of LASER. Write notes on dosage of LASER.
3. Define faradic current. Explain the physiological and therapeutic effect faradic current

Short Essays (Answer any six) 6 x 5 = 30 marks

4. Nerve conduction velocity
5. Therapeutic uses of whirl pool bath
6. Explain various method of application of cryotherapy
7. Indication and contra-indication for micro-wave diathermy
8. Various parameter of dosage in ultrasound
9. Physiological and therapeutic effects of Russian current
10. Define electricity and its types

Short Answers 10 x 2 = 20 marks

11. Define Joules‘ law
12. What is salutatory conduction
13. Define Rheobase?
14. Define inverse square law
15. Beat frequency
16. Drugs used for iontophoresis
17. Define motor unit
18. Skin impedance
19. Define Cavitation?
20. Define collimations?

227
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Faculty of Allied
Health Science
Subject: PATHOLOGY/MICROBIOLOGY/PHARMOCOLOGY
Course Code: SBVPT- 304
SECTION-A (PATHOLOGY)
Total = 30 marks

Long Essays (Answer any one) 1 x 15 = 15 marks

1. Define thrombus, discuss aetiopathogenesis and fate of thrombus
2. Define anemia, classify anemias and write laboratory diagnosis of iron deficiency aneamia

Short Essays (Answer any one) 1 x 5 = 5 marks

3. Pathological calcification
4. Classification of leprosy

Short Answers 5 x 2 = 10 marks

5. Eosinophilia
6. Types of Cirrhosis
7. Mentions four complication of Diabetes Mellitus
8. Mention types of Hypersensitivity reactions
9. ATROPHY
SECTION-B (MICROBIOLOGY)
Total = 30 marks

Long Essays (Answer any one) 1 x 15 = 15 marks

1. Define and classify hypersensitivity reactions. Discuss type-1 hypersensitivity
2. Define pyrexia of unknown origin Enumerate the organisms causing it. Discus the laboratory diagnosis of typhoid fever

Short Essays (Answer any one) 1 x 5 = 5 marks

3. Prophylaxis against tetanus

4. ELISA

Short Answers 5 x 2 = 10 marks

5. Define adjuvant and give two examples
6. Name four bacteria causing urinary tract infections
7. Interferons
8. Quailing reaction
9. Mention two difference between endotoxin and exotoxin

SECTION-C (PHARMOCOLOGY)
Total = 20 marks

Short ESSAY (answer any four) 4 x 5= 20 marks

1. Antibiotics used in gram +ve, gram –ve and both infection,

2. Drugs used in viral infection including HIV
3. Drugs used in Leprosy
4. antipsychotic drugs
5. Antidepressants

228
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - v
Subject: Kinesiology-II Course
Code: SBVPT- 401

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15= 30 Marks

1. Describe the structure of hip joint. Add a note on kinetics and kinematics.
2. Write in detail of Analysis of posture.
3. Explain biomechanics of thorax and chest wall

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any SIX) 6 x 5= 30 Marks

4. Scapulo humeral rhythm

5. Locking and unlocking mechanism
6. Explain levers in detail.

7. Describe the types of joints.

8. Explain the parts of goniometric and its types.
9. Describe stress and strain.
10. Explain Newton law of motion.

SHORT ANSWER 10 X 2 = 20Marks

11. Carrying angle

12. Scoliosi
13. Concurrent force systems
14. Stair climbing
15. Patella Plica
16. Visco elasticity
17. Pes Planus and Pes Cavus
18. Pulleys
19. Open Kinematic chain
20. Palmar arches

229
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Faculty of Allied
Health Science
Subject: Electrotherapy - 2 Course
Code: SBVPT- 402

Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 Marks

Draw neat-labeled diagrams wherever necessary
Long Essays (Answer any two) 2 x 15 = 30 marks
1. What is Piezzo electric effect? Describe the production of ultrasound with a neat diagram. Mention the indications
and contraindications of ultrasound.
2. Describe the production of LASER. Write a note on the dosage of LASER.
3. Describe the production of IRR. Add a note on dosage and dangers of IRR.

Short Essays (Answer any six) 6 x 5 = 30 marks

4. Cavitation in ultrasound
5. Describe the cable method of SWD.
6. Physiological and therapeutic effects of MWD
7. Explain the principle of biofeedback.
8. Mechanism of propagation of action potential
9. Indications and contraindications of IRR
10. Physiological and therapeutic effects of UVR

Short Answers 10 x 2 = 20 marks

11. What is standing wave in ultrasound?

12. What is magnetron?
13. Define Rheobase and Chronaxie.
14. What is attenuation?
15. Methods of application of wax bath
16. Name dangers of UVR
17. FG test
18. Beat frequency in IFT
19. Accommodation
20. Sinusoidal current

230
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Faculty of Allied
Health Science
Subject: GENERALMEDICINE/PAEDIATRICS/PSYCHIATRY
Course Code: SBVPT- 403

Time: 3 hrs total Marks (80)

SECTION - A (GENERALMEDICINE) MAX MARKS = 30

Long essay (write any 1) (1X15=15)

1. Classify Obesity. Add a note on management in obesity.

2. Definition, types, etiology, pathogenesis, clinical features and management of Pneumonia.

Short essay (write any 1) (1X5=5)

3. Cushing‘s syndrome.
4. Define cyanosis. Mention its causes.

Ultra Short answer (5X2=10)

5. MMR vaccine.
6. Marasmus.
7. Cardiac arrest – definition.
8. Causes of GI bleeding.
9. Define Lung abscess.
10. Problems of Low birth weight infants.

SECTION - B (PAEDIATRICS) MAX MARKS = 30

Long essay (write any 1) (1X15=15)

1. Classify congenital heart diseases. Explain tetrology of fallot in detail.

2. explain in detail about developmental milestone

Short essay (write any 3) (3X5=15)

1. Myopathies and neuro-muscular junction disorders

2. Malnutrition and Vitamin deficiency conditions
3. Developmental disorders associated with spinal cord
4. Early intervention of cerebral palsy

SECTION - C (PSYCHIATRY) MAX MARKS = 20

Short essay (write any 2) (2X5=10)

1. management of psychiatric illness

2. management of childhood disorders
3. attention deficit syndrome and behavioral disorders

Ultra Short answer ( 5X2=10)

1. Anxiety neurosis
2. Depression
3. Obsessive compulsive neurosis
4. Psychosis
5. Maniac-depressive psychosis

231
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - v
Subject: GENERAL SURGERY including burns and plastic surgery Course Code:
SBVPT- 501

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15= 30 Marks

1. List out general postoperative complications and the management.
2. Write an essay on Abdominal incisions
3. What is incontinence? Mention the types, causes and management of stress incontinence.

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any six) 6x 5 =30Marks

4. Valvotomy and valve replacement

5. Factors affecting wound healing.
6. Hysterectomy
7. Menopause, its effects on musculoskeletal system
8. Skin grafts – types
9. Cholecystectomy
10. Utero vaginal prolapse – causes, types.

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Mention two differences between hypertrophic scar and keloid scar.
12. Raynauds phenomenon
13. Pneumonectomy
14. Tetrology of fallot – features.
15. Complications of blood transfusion
16. Wallace rule of nine
17. Define lung abscess
18. TNM classification of cancer
19. X-ray features of pleural effusions.
20. Glaucoma

*****

232
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - v
Subject: Clinical Orthopedics and Traumatology Course
Code: SBVPT- 502

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15 = 30 Marks

1. What is arthroplasty? Explain the types of arthroplasty. What are the indications, contraindications and complications of THR? Add a
note on rehabilitation for the same.

2. What is ankylosing spondylitis. What are the causes, clinical features, investigations, complications and management of ankylosing
spondylitis.

3. Define and classify cerebral palsy. Explain the clinical features, complications and management (medical and
rehabilitation) of cerebral palsy.

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any Six) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Cervical rib

5. Monteggia fracture

6. Pilon fracture of ankle

7. Septic arthritis

8. Recurrent dislocation of patella

9. Slipped capital of femoral epiphysis

10. Meniscus injury of knee joint

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Pathological fracture

12. Malignant bone tumour

13. Jones fracture

14. Classification of leprosy

15. Bankart‘s repair

16. Fat embolism

17. Deformities in Rheumatoid Arthritis

18. Internal fixators

19. Arthroscopy

20. Charcot joints

*****

233
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor
Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science
Semester - V
Subject: Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology and its physiotherapy management Course Code:
SBVPT- 503
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15=30 Marks

1. Physiological changes of pregnancy.

2. Explain the role of pelvic floor muscles in female and the physiotherapy management for pelvic floor dysfunction.

3. Write in detail about physiotherapy management of Musculoskeletaldysfunction during pregnancy.

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any 6) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Importance of prenatal exercise and benefits of exercise during pregnancy.

5. Contraceptive methods.

6. Breech presentation.

7. Post operative complication following caesarean.

8. Changes occurring in ovary during ovulation.

9. Physiotherapy management for Lymphodema.

10. Physiotherapy management for Urinary incontinence in nuerological disorders.

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Menarche.
12. Labor pain.
13. Uterus prolapse.
14. Infertility.
15. Colposcopy.
16. Breast feeding technique.
17. Mastectomy.
18. LSCS.
19. Urinary incontinence.
20.PCOD.

************

234
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - v
Subject: Community Medicine Course
Code: SBVPT- 504

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15 = 30 Marks

1. Define epidemiology. Mention the principles of epidemiology. Describe various epidemiological studies.

2. Define health. Explain dimension and indicators of health.

3. Describe various health programmes. Explain national tuberculosis programme.

SHORT ESSAYS TYPE (Answer any Six) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Community nutrition programmes

5. Screening for cancers

6. Disaster management

7. World health organization

8. Pulse polio immunization

9. Causes of maternal mortality

10. National family welfare programme

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Complication of hypertension

12. Child abuse

13. Vitamin A prophylaxis

14. Prevention of iron deficiency anemia

15. Street and fixed virus

16. Nosocomial infection

17. National policy programme

18. Window period in HIV

19. Incineration

20. Classification of food

*****

235
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - VI
Subject: Clinical Neurology and Neurosurgery Course
Code: SBVPT- 601
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15 = 30 Marks

1. What are muscular dystrophies? Write in detail about clinical features and management of Duchenne muscular dystrophy.

2. Define Guillian-Barre syndrome. Explain pathophysiology and management of the same

3. Define hydrocephalus, its clinical features and management.

SHORT ESSAYS TYPE (Answer any Six) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Explain clinical features of cerebellar ataxia.

5. Discuss various types of motor neuron disease.

6. Write a note on Tetanus.

7. Syringomyelia and its clinical features.

8. Surgical management in cerebral palsy and its importance.

9. Types of spinal tumors.

10. Deep brainstimulation.

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Transient ischemic attack

12. Foot drop

13. Difference between spasticity and rigidity

14. Dysarthria

15. What is spinal shock?

16. Uses of MRI.

17. Hemi Laminectomy

18. Stereotactic surgery

19. Burr Hole surgery
20. Cranioplasty

***********

236
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - VI
Subject: Clinical Cardiovascular and Respiratory conditions Course Code:
SBVPT- 602
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15 = 30 Marks

1. Define pulmonary rehabilitation. Explain the goals, components, structure and benefits of pulmonary rehabilitation.
2. Discuss the physiotherapy management after CABG.
3. Enumerate the different techniques to reduce work of breathing. Add a note on management of a breathless patient.

SHORT ESSAYS(Answer any Six) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Oxygen therapy delivery system.

5. Describe neurophysiological facilitation of respiration.
6. ACBT
7. Humidification and nebulization
8. Incentive Spirometer
9. Anatomical difference between adult and paediatric lung.
10. Broncho pulmonary segments.

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Arterial blood gas analysis

12. What is IPPB?
13. Define respiratory failure.
14. What is painfulperineum?
15. Types of endotracheal tube
16. Rib springing
17. PEP
18. Tetrology of fallot
19. Blood Pressure.

20. what is low level exercise testing.

*****************

237
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - VI
Subject: Physiotherapy in Orthopedics & Sports Course
Code: SBVPT- 603
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15=30 Marks

1. Set down a detail plan of rehabilitation following L2 vertebral level fracture treated surgically with a spinal fixation device and
presently in recovery phase, after one month.

2. Compile a physical therapy assessment and treatment aims and means for a 20 year old cricket pace bowler who sustained a
rotator cuff partial tear which was treated conservatively with sling for 3 weeks.

3. Mention physical therapy assessment (with any 2 special tests) and treatment regime for a child of three months referred for further
management following congenital dislocation of hip.

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any 6) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Define cervical brachialgia. Mention physical therapy objectives for the treatment.

5. What is the difference between true and functional limb length discrepancies? Howis functional limb length measured?

6. Note down a home program including DO‘s and DON‘T‘s for a 30 year old lady working as a receptionist, who sustained intervertebral
disk prolapsed at L5-S1 level.

7. What is volkmann‘s ischemic contracture? Mention the physical therapy treatment for the same.

8. Gait deviations following TOTAL HIP REPLACEMENT

9. What is periarthritis shoulder? What are the rehabilitation principles of it?

10. Physical therapy Treatment protocol from day one following the injury, for a young female who sustained a grade 1 ACL injury at right
knee.

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Loose packed position of a joint.

12. Cozens test

13. Dermatomes – define.

14. Lumbo sacral angle

15. Any 2 indications of osteotomy

16. Straight leg raising test

17. Pes planus – Any two causes.

18. Two causes for patellar lateral dislocation.

19. Carpal tunnel syndrome

20. Centralization phenomenon

238
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor
Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science
Semester - VII
Subject: Medical/Physiotherapy Law and ethics.
Course Code: SBVPT- 604
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15=30 Marks

1. Write in detail about the code of ethics for physiotherapists.

2. Discuss the medico-legal aspects of maintaining the medical records.

3. Describe the autonomy and the informed consent procedures obtained by the patients.

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any 6) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Laws affecting the physiotherapy practice.

5. Needs of retention of medical records.

6. Write a note on confidentiality privilege.

7. Basic principles of medical ethics.

8. MLC and roles of the medical records in MLC.

9. Physiotherapy diagnosis and its importance.

10. Role of ethics in physiotheapy.

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Informed consent.

12. 13.MLC.
13. EUTHANASIA.
14. Insurance policy.
15. Confidentiality.
16. Mal practice.
17. Patients rights.
18. Ownership of medical records.
19. Define medical laws.
20. Definition of organ transplantation.

********************

239
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - VII
Subject: Physiotherapy in neurology and psychosomatic disorder Course Code:
SBVPT- 701
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15=30 Marks

1. Define Cerebral palsy. Write in detail about assessment and management of 2 year old spastic diplegic Cerebral Palsy.
2. Write classification of spina bifida. Write about physiotherapy management of a one year old child who was operated
for myelomeningocoele at L-2,3 spinal level.
3. Enumerate the Neuro Physiological techniques. Explain any one in detail about the principles and effects.

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any 6) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Write about spinal reflexes.

5. PT management of acute median nerve palsy
6. Discuss associate problems in cerebral palsy
7. Management for hemiplegic shoulder
8. Explain the PT management of Duchene‘s muscular dystrophy.
9. Explain the PT management of sensory ataxia.
10. Importance of early identification of risk babies
SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Sunderland‘s classification of nerve injury

12. Festination Gait
13. Char cot‘striad
14. ASIA scale
15. Dystrophin
16. Dysdiadochokinesia
17. Any 4 differences between spasticity and rigidity
18. Any four clinical features of brain tumor
19. Functions of fifth cranial nerve
20. Importance of developmental screening.

******************

240
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - VII
Subject: Physiotherapy in Cardio vascular and Respiratory conditions Course Code:
SBVPT- 702
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)
Draw neat, labeled diagrams wherever necessary

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15=30 Marks

1. Define pulmonary rehabilitation. Explain the goals, components, structure and benefits of pulmonary rehabilitation.

2. Discuss the physiotherapy management after CABG.

3. Enumerate the different techniques to reduce work of breathing. Add a note on management of a breathless patient.

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any 6) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Physiotherapy management after Appendicectomy

5. Oxygen therapy delivery system

6. Physiotherapy management for ventilator dependent patient

7. Describe neurophysiological facilitation of respiration.

8. Humidification and nebulization

9. Physiotherapy management after right lower lobectomy

10. Incentive Spirometer.

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Arterial blood gas analysis

12. What is IPPB?
13. Define respiratory failure.
14. What is painfulperineum?
15. Types of endotracheal tube
16. Rib springing
17. PEP
18. Tetrology of fallot
19. Any four factors affecting exercise performance
20. What is low level exercise testing?

241
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science Semester - VII
Subject: research methodology
Course Code: SBVPT- 703
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15 = 30 Marks

1. Problems encountered by researchers in India
2. Methods of data collection in research
3. Probability and standard distribution

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any six) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Analysis of variance (ANOVA)
5. Criteria for good research
6. Basic principles of experimental design
7. Computers and researcher
8. Explain different types of sampling design
9. Techniques of developing measurement tools
10. Difference between explorative and descriptive research design

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Nominal scale
12. Median
13. Need for sampling
14. Descriptive vs Analytical research
15. Stratified sampling
16. Define research
17. Dependent vs Independent variable
18. Research problem
19. Experimental research designs
20. What is hypothesis?

*****

242
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor
Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science
Semester - VII
Subject: Physiotherapy in Community based Rehabilitation Course Code:
SBVPT- 704
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)
Draw neat, labeled diagrams wherever necessary

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15=30 Marks

1. Define community based rehabilitation? How is CBR different from institution based rehabilitation? Describe the various models of
CBR

2. Define aging? Describe in detail the changes occurring in various musculoskeletal and cardio respiratory system during aging? What is
the role of physiotherapist in geriatric rehabilitation.

3. What is Ergonomics? Explain in detail the industrial accidents due to physical agents and role of physiotherapist in the industrial set
– up?

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any 6) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Role of multipurpose Rehabilitation worker (MRW) in CBR

5. Explain in detail about the principles of CBR

6. Define impairment and Disability with 2 examples for each

7. Discuss the changes in the Nervous system due to aging

8. Define is genetic counseling? What are the indications for genetic counseling

9. Define urinary incontinence? Role of physiotherapy in management of urinary incontinence

10. Discuss the role of social worker in Rehabilitation

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. CBR geriatric rehabilitation

12. National immunization programmes

13. Discuss the functions of Red Cross organization in CBR

14. Functions of Anganwadi workers

15. Drawbacks of CBR

16. Define community

17. World health organization‘s role in CBR

18. Home programme for a patient with Alzheimer‘s disease

19. Meals on wheels.

20. Write a short note on Disability in down‘s syndrome.

243
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor
Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science
Semester - VII
Subject: Advanced physical and functional Diagnosis Course
Code: SBVPT- 801
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15=30 Marks

1. Write a note on Pulmonary Function Testing and its interpretation in various lung diseases.

2. Write in detail on body composition and its various assessment procedures to measure fat percentage and body density.

3. Write in brief about motor relearning program.

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any 6) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Describe shortly on exercise stress testing.

5. Write a short note on principles and application ofNCV.

6. Write a short note on principles and application ofEMG.

7. Write in detail about the Principles & components of exercise prescription for healthy.

8. Describe about the theoretical bases of different protocols for maximal exercise testing.

9. Write a note on various Knee Tests for collateral & cruciate ligaments.

10. Discuss the Functional Diagnosis by using ICF.

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. Dizziness test.

12. Tinel's sign.
13.Q angle.
14.Breath Holding Test.
15.Strength Duration-Curve-tests.
16.Faradic Galvanic Test.
17.Trendlenburg sign.
18.schober's test.
19.Blood pressure.
20.Talar tilt.

244
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor
Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science
Semester - VII
Subject: Bio-engineering in physiotherapy Course
Code: SBVPT- 802
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15=30 Marks

1. Outline the architectural barriers likely to be faced by a wheelchair dependant housewife and explain the
modifications that can be made.
2. Discuss the alignment of Below Knee Prosthesis and gait deviations.
3. Discuss the Prosthetic management of Elbow Disarticulation and Above Elbow Amputation

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any 6) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. Hip Knee Ankle Foot Orthosis (HKAFO).

5. Levels of amputation in lower limb.
6. Functional Electrical Stimulation (FES).
7. Define gait, and enumerate pathological gaits.
8. Ideal features of an amputee stump.
9. What is total claw hand? Describe the orthotic management of claw hand.
10. Hearing AIDS.

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. MET (Metabolic Equivalent Task).

12. Infantile hemiplegia.
13. Volkmann‘s sign.
14. Reverse Knuckle bender splint.
15. Jersey finger.
16. Sheltered workshop.
17. Persons with Disability (PWD) Act.
18. Thoracolumbosacral orthoses (TLSOs).
19. Foot deformities in Leprosy.
20. Jaipur foot

245
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor
Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science
Semester - VIII
Subject: Evidence base physiotherapy Course
Code: SBVPT- 803
Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

LONG ESSAYS (Answer any Two) 2 x 15=30 Marks

1. Explain The Pratical Application Of Evidence Into Practice While determening The Intervention?
2. Discuss The Barriers And Limitations Of Evidence based practice?
3. Discuss the Sackett‘s steps of evidence based practice?

SHORT ESSAYS (Answer any 6) 6 x 5 = 30 Marks

4. write a note on Cohort studies and cross sectional studies
5. Critical appraisal of evidence about diagnostics tests
6. Critical appraisal of evidence about prognosis
7. Critical appraisal of clinical practice guidelines
8. patient scenario with clinical case examples
9. Process of critical appraisal
10. History of evidence based healthcare

SHORT ANSWERS 10 x 2 = 20 Marks

11. CINAHL
12. PEDRO
13. critical appraisal
14. Define EBP?
15. clinical expertise
16. client values
17. patient values
18. PICO
19. Electronic resources
20. what is journal club?

246
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
FOR GENERIC ELECTIVE

247
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- I
Subject: BASIC SCIENCE
Subject Code : GE-1

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

ESSAY: (ANSWER ANY TWO) (2X15=30)

1. write a note on Interference of light – principle & condition of super position of waves Interference?
2. Describe in detail about the
a) Characteristics of laws Laser action
b) Theories of the nature of light
c) Application of Laser
3. write in detail about Drug abuse & health hazards and Drug addiction

SHORT NOTES: (ANSWER ANY six) (6X5=30)

4. Discuss shortly about Laws of refraction'

5. Laws of Reflection of inverse square law
6. Properties of magnet
7. Principle of capacitor
8. Direction of force – Fleming‗s left hand rule Definition of Ampere
9. AC and DC generators Eddy current Transformer
10. Production of Cathode rays

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS: (10 X 2 = 20)

11. Electrophoresis
12. Electro osmosis
13. Osmotic pressure
14. Bragg‗s law
15. Faraday‗s law
16. Ohm‗s law
17. Electric current
18. Lines of force
19. Coulomb‗s inverse square law
20. Laws of refraction

248
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- II
Subject: Hospital Laws
Subject Code : GE-II

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

ESSAY: (ANSWER ANY TWO) (2X15=30)
1. Discuss the conduct, etiquette and ethics in emergency medical care?
2.explain the Laws governing management of patients?
3. describe in detail about the Criminal Liability in medical profession?

SHORT NOTES: (ANSWER ANY SIX) (6X5=30)

4. Physician Relationships with Hospitals
5. 6 ―aims‖ of quality
6. Principles of Hospital Liability
7. Ethical guidelines for biomedical research
8. Births, Deaths and Marriage registration Act
9. Transplantation of Human Organ Act
10. Laws governing sale, storage and safe medication

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS: (10 X 2 = 20)

11. Medical ethics
12. Right to property
13. Right to freedom of speech
14. Hospital Licensure
15. NABH
16. labor relations
17. Boilers Act
18. Gas Cylinder Rules
19. Explosives Act
20. Bankruptcy

249
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- III
Subject: HOSPITAL SAFETY AND MANAGEMENT
Subject Code : GE-III

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

ESSAY: ANSWER ANY TWO 2 X 15 = 30

1. Decribe about the Safety and health management systems in hospitals
2. write in detail about the Management leadership: best practices and examples
3. Discuss briefly about Post-Disaster Recovery

SHORT NOTES: (ANSWER ANY six) (6X5=30)

4. write a note on Fire Safety in Hospitals
5. role of Volunteer Involvement and Management during disaster
6. Education and training in safety and health management
7. Maintenance of Occupational and Functional Components
8. Licensing and Accreditation requirements.
9. Scope of National Action Framework for Hospital Safety.
10. What are the core elements of a safety and health management system?

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS: : (10 X 2 = 20)

11. Expected Levels of Fire Safety in Hospitals
12. What employee participation means
13. What hazard identification and assessment means
14. What hazard prevention and control means
15. Why safety and health management system education and training is important
16. Safe Hospitals
17. Stakeholders
18. Patient Handling
19. Licensing and Accreditation
20. types of Disaster

250
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- IV
Subject: BASIC SCIENCE
Subject Code : GE-IV

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

ESSAY: (ANSWER ANY TWO) (2X15=30)

1.write in detail about Psychiatric History & examination of mental status.
2.Discuss about the Classification of mental illness.
3. Describe Schizophrenia and its types.

SHORT NOTES: (ANSWER ANY SIX) (6X5=30)

4. Management of chronic patients with mental illness
5.Management–ECT
6. Discuss about cognitive behavioral therapy
7. chemotherapy
8.psychotherapy
9.grouptherapy
10. adolescence disruptive behavior

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS: : (10 X 2 = 20)

11. suicide stress management
12.attention deficit
13. enuresis
14.child abuse
15.personality disorder
16.eating disorder
17. adolescence disruptive behavior 18.psychiatric
emergencies
19. post – partum psychosis
20. hypochondriasis

251
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute Bachelor Of
Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- V
Subject: Diet and nutrition
Subject Code : GE-V

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

ESSAY: (ANSWER ANY TWO) (2X15=30)

1. write in detail about the Principles of diet therapy and Modifications of diets in febrile
conditions
2. Describe briefly about basic metabolism, Basal Metabolic Rate determination and factors affecting
it.
3. write a note on Meal planning, Nutrition during pregnancy

SHORT NOTES: (ANSWER ANY SIX) (6X5=30)

4. Role of nutrition in healthy body Food
5. composition of body fluids
6. Measurement of energy, Body Mass Index and basic metabolism
7. Basal Metabolic Rate determination and factors affecting it,
8. Principles of diet therapy,
9. Modifications of diets in febrile conditions,
10. Food preservation techniques,

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS: : (10 X 2 = 20)

11. Malnutrition
12. Food borne illnesses
13. Food additives
14. Food hygiene.
15. Balanced diet
16. lactation
17. underweight
18.Disorders of energy
metabolism 19.food
fortification
20.food preservation.

252
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research
Institute Bachelor Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of
Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- VI
Subject: Physiotherapy In Health And
Wellness Subject Code : GE-VI

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

ESSAY: (ANSWER ANY TWO) (2X15=30)

1. write a note on Fitness testing and General considerations following Clinical exercise testing
2. Describe in detail about Exercise Programming for Special Populations
3. Principles of cardio respiratory endurance programming and Weight management

SHORT NOTES: (ANSWER ANY SIX) (6X5=30)

4. Adaptations to aerobic endurance training.
5. Principles of anaerobic training
6. Warm-up and flexibility training
7. Theories of Behavior Change
8. Healthy stress management
9. Neural adaptations.
10. Contraindications to exercise testing.

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS: : (10 X 2 = 20)

11. Metabolic Diseases
12. Plyometrics
13. Flexibility training
14. Health appraisal.
15. Detraining
16. ACSM metabolic formula.
17. Cardiac adaptation
18. Cinical exercise testing
19. Biological energy systems
20. Substrate depletion

253
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research
Institute Bachelor Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of
Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- VII
Subject: ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN PHYSIOTHERAPY
Subject Code : GE-VII

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

ESSAY: (ANSWER ANY TWO) (2X15=30)

1. Discuss the importance of Entrepreneurship and Factor affecting entrepreneurship.
2. Describe in detail on Entrepreneurial wheel and tips for opening business.
3. Describe the different Characteristics of Entrepreneurship.

SHORT NOTES: (ANSWER ANY SIX) (6X5=30)

4. Functions of Entrepreneur.
5. Small business entrepreneurship
6. Characterstic of Entrepreneur
7. Large company entrepreneurship
8. Describe the Theoretical model of the entrepreneur potential.
9. Classification of Entrepreneurs based on functional
characteristics: 10.Classification of Entrepreneurs based on
motivation level

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS: : (10 X 2 = 20)

11. Example of Entrepreneur
12. Risk bearing
13. Leadership
14. administratio
n 15.human
resource
16.innovator
17. Classification of Entrepreneurs
18. entrepreneurship credibility
19. Creativity
20. marketing

254
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research
Institute Bachelor Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of
Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- VIII
Subject: LEADERSHIP IN
Physiotherapy Subject
Code : GE-VIII

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

ESSAY: (ANSWER ANY TWO) (2X15=30)

1. Describe the role of contribution to leadership in profession
2. Discuss The Role Of Being A Leader In Physical Therapy
3. What are your leadership qualities and strategies to enhance leadership?

SHORT NOTES: (ANSWER ANY SIX) (6X5=30)

4. Describe Levels Of Leadership
5. How to Integrate concepts of leadership into his/her practice
6. Describe The Qualities Of Effective Leaders
7. Improving Services by ensuring services
8. Improving Services by critical evaluating
9. Encouraging Improvement and Innovation
10. Describe the concepts of leadership in physical therapy practice

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS: : (10 X 2 = 20)

11. Positive leadership
12. Servant leadership
13. lesson learned
14. personel leadership
15. professional leadership
16. collective leadership
17. define leadership
18. mentor
19. profession advocacy
20. critical evaluation

255
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research
Institute Bachelor Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of
Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- IX
Subject:
Acupuncture
Subject Code :
GE-IX

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

Long essay (write any 2) (2X15=30)

1. Describe the various theories of Acupuncture in detail.
2. Define meridian and describe all the meridians.
3. Define Acupuncture and explain in detail about various techniques in acupuncture.

Short essay (write any 6) (6X5=30)

4. Shiatsu.
5. Moxibustion.
6. Auricular therapy.
7. Define Li4.
8. Complication of acupuncture.
9. Methods of needling.
10. Du / Ren meridian.

Ultra Short answer (10X2=20)

11. Define Acupressure.
12. K3.
13. Types of Needles.
14. Indication of acupuncture.
15. H7.
16. Du20.
17. Tsun.
18. Conditions treated by acupuncture.
19. Risks in acupuncture.
20. Sp6.

256
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research
Institute Bachelor Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of
Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- X
Subject: Diabetic
education Subject
Code : GE-X

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

ESSAY: (ANSWER ANY TWO) (2X15=30)

1. Write a note on Physiology, pathogenesis, Diagnosis and classification of Diabetes Mellitus (DM)?
2. Describe the role and responsibilities of diabetic educator?
3. Describe the role of YOGA in DM?

SHORT NOTES: (ANSWER ANY SIX) (6X5=30)

4. Write a note on Insulin therapy –Theory of
practical aspects. 5.Describe the role of Exercise in DM
6. Discuss about Oral Ant diabetic Agent
7. Counseling techniques for physiotherapies
8. Recent Advances in DM
9. Emergencies‘ in Diabetes mellitus.
10. Autonomic Neuropathy in DM

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS: : (10 X 2 = 20)

11. types of
diabetis
12.insulin
13.diabetes pills
14.types of lipids
15.diabetic foot
16.Diabetic
complications 17.meal
plan 18.pherpheral
neuropathy
19. ideal members of diabetic education team
20. risk factors affecting diabetes mellitus.

257
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research
Institute Bachelor Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of
Allied Health Science GENERIC ELECTIVE- XI
Subject: INTEGUMENTARY PHYSICAL THERAPY
Subject Code : GE-XI

Time: 3 Hrs Max .Marks (80)

ESSAY: (ANSWER ANY TWO) (2X15=30)

1. Describe the roles of the various team members involved in interdisciplinary woundmanagement
2. how to Identify positive and negative signs for healing of closed surgical wound
3. Describe methods used in the prevention of pressure ulcers

SHORT NOTES: (ANSWER ANY SIX) (6X5=30)

4. Discuss potential situations in which a physical therapist would need to contact a patient‘s
physician or surgeon
5. Possible members of a wound management team
6. Biophysical agents and other adjunctive
interventions 7.Discuss the importance of pressure
relieving techniques
8. Discuss wound management interventions relevant to the treatment of periwound tissue
9. Demonstrate universal precautions when working with patients
10. Discuss various techniques for dealing with pain during wound interventions including

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS: : (10 X 2 = 20)

11. Splinting
12. Casting
13. Orthotics
14. Skin care
15. Off loading
16. Seating/pressure
mapping 17.therapeutic
positioning
18. Kinesthesia
19. Hyperkeratosis
20. erythema

258
ANNEXURE

259
 Mahatma Gandhi Medical College and Research Institute
Department Of Physiotherapy - Faculty of Allied Health
Science

BPT - STUDENTS CLINICAL EDUCATION EVALUATION SHEET

Name of the Student: Reg No:

Name of the Faculty (Under Posted):
Year/Semester:
Duration Of Posting…..…. Days From…………To……………. Name of
the Department:

Date Time Present Remarks Number Of Cases Faculty

/Absent Observed Presented Students sign
/ Sign
Evaluated
/ Treated

260
 BPT - STUDENTS CLINICAL EDUCATION SCORING FORMAT
Attendanc
e
Category Less than 80% Satisfactory Fair Good Excellent
Max- 20 Marks 80-84.9% 85-89.9% 90-94.9% 95-100%
Not Eligible 8 Marks 12 Marks 16Marks 20 Marks

Discipline
S.No Max-40 Marks Poor-0 Satisfactory-2 Fair-4 Good-6 Excellent-
8
1 Dress Code
2 Punctuality
3 Time Management
4 Behavior/ Attitude
5 Responsibility

Knowledge
S.No Max-40 Marks Poor-0 Satisfactory-2 Fair-4 Good-6 Excellent-
8
1 Theory
2 Clinical Skill
3 EBP/CR
4 Application of
Treatment
Technique
5 Logbook
Total Marks Scored

Name and Signature of the Faculty:

Date:

Name and Signature of the Clinical In charge:

Date:

Office seal: HOD / Principal

261
 BPT - STUDENTS ATTENDANCE SCORING FORMAT

Sl no Attendance % in Marks
Range
1 80 - 84% 1
2 85 - 89% 2
3 90 - 94% 3
4 95 - 99% 4
5 100% 5

Note : candidates having less than 80% attendance will not be able to appear for university examination.

BPT - STUDENTS DISCIPLINE SCORING FORMAT

Sl no Discipline components Marks

1 Dress Code 1
2 Punctuality 1
3 Time Management 1
4 Attitude 1
5 Responsibility 1

Total 5
marks

262